The URL can be used to link to this page

500 Gordon St - BC02-001933 (BLUEBELL CREAMERY) (NEW COMMERCIAL DISTRIBUTION CENTER) DOCUMENTSPERMIT ADDRESSyOC C\can S CONTRACTOR (' cZ s.e c c : 4 ADDRESS PHONE NUMBER U &-A OR-6 PROPERTY \& ADDRESS ra PHONE NUMBER ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 0.SMECHANICAL CONTRACTOR Y PLUMBING CONTRACTOR -T 1aL., P MISCELLANEOUS CONTRACTOR PERMIT NUMBER MISCELLANEOUS CONTRACTOR PERMIT NUMBER FEE FEE d d SUBDIVISIONS PERMIT # C-s " \ ( 3 DATE PERMIT DESCRIPTION 11 Q, PERMIT VALUATION • oZ M cs., SQUARE FOOTAGE \ a .5 a 3 BP208I01 CITY OF SANFORD 1/17.06 Global Location Inquiry - Building Permit Applications 1 4• Property address . . . . . . 500 GORDON ST Parcel Number . . . . . . . . 27.19.30.504-0000-0050 Type options, press Enter. 2=Application inq 3=Structure inq 4=Permit inq 5=Inspection inq Opt Appl Nbr Type Stat Date Tenant Nbr/Name 03 00001213 FRAL CL 2/28/03 03 00001121 FRAL CL 2/14/03 03 00000041 MECH CL 10/08/02 02 00002280 UDGS CL 9/27/02 02 00002244 FRSP CL 9/19/02 02 00002236 FSUP CL 9/19/02 02 00002103 FRSP CL 8/28/02 02 00001940 SDVP AP 8/05/02 02 00001933 NIND CO 8/01/02 02 00001294 ENGR AP 5/16/02 02 00001293 SITE AP 5/16/02 F3=Exit F12=Cancel FEMA REC'd SLAB REC'd INSPECTOR Q O REQUEST FOR'FJNAL INSPECTION CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY/COMPLETION NEW INDUSTRIAL BUILDING**** DATEJ'" PERMIT # ADDRESS -,%O -rc\o4n PROJECT io qo jlv c) J9 The Building Division has received a request for a final inspection and a Certificate of Occupancy for the above referenced address. We would appreciate a final inspection of the site by your department. Approval by your department would result in a granting a C.O. for the address. If you have any issues that the contractor will need to address, please submit a statement for denial of C.O. or a conditional agreement to be attached to the C.O. Thank you for your cooperation. Engineeri Public Works Zoninq Utilities - Licensing Conditions: (to be completed only if approval is conditional) FEMA REC'd SLAB REC'd INSPECTOR REQUEST FOR FINAL INSPECTION CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY/COMPLETION NEW INDUSTRIAL BUILDING**** DATE- 3 -C J PERMIT #_C c) ADDRESS PROJECT Q S\v CONTRACTOR-,Cgc;-NIC-r,ccty -fir- Q&D 4• The Building Division has received a request for a final inspection and aCertificateofOccupancyfortheabovereferencedaddress. We would appreciate a final inspection of the site by your department. Approval by your department would result in a granting a C.O. for the address. If you have any issues that the contractor will need to address, please submit a statement for denial of C.O. or a conditional agreement to be attached to the C.O. Thank you for your cooperation. Engineering Fire Public Works- '?" Tldlls 3.5 03 Zoni Utilities Conditions: (to be completed only if approval is conditional) FEMA REC'd SLAB REC'd INSPECTOR REQUEST FOR FINAL INSPECTION CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY/COMPLETION NEW INDUSTRIAL BUILDING**** DATE r 3 -C-?) PERMIT # 0 a - \' J ADDRESS PROJECT CONTRACTOR g-' Q The Building Division has received a request for a final inspection and a Certificate of Occupancy for the above referenced address. We would appreciate a final inspection of the site by your department. Approval by your department would result in a granting a C.O. for the address. If you have any issues that the contractor will need to address, please submit a statement for denial of C.O. or a conditional agreement to be attached to the C.O. Thank you for your cooperation. Engineering Fire Public Works r% c 1u7 Utilities o 7-J Licensing Conditions: (to be completed only if approval is conditional) FEMA REC'd SLAB REC'd INSPECTOR REQUEST FOR FINAL INSPECTION CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY/COMPLETION NEW INDUSTRIAL BUILDING**** DATE'" 3 -C-J PERMIT #C)c) - ADDRESS_- C PROJECT Q S\ The Building Division has received a request for a final inspection and a Certificate of Occupancy for the above referenced address. We would appreciate a final inspection of the site by your department. Approval by your department would result in a granting a C.O. for the address. If you have any issues that the contractor will need to address, please submit a statement for denial of C.O. or a conditional agreement to be attached to the C.O. Thank you for your cooperation. Engineerin Public Works Utilities Conditions: (to be completed only it approval is conditional) Fi censi 3 /-s/cam FEMA REC'd SLAB REC'd INSPECTOR REQUEST FOR FINAL INSPECTION CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY/COMPLETION NEW INDUSTRIAL BUILDING**** DATED^ 3 C 2-S PERMIT #_0 ADDRESS C PROJECT CONTRACTOR-,z;,&a`- -, r-,,c-\ • The Building Division has received a request for a final inspection and a Certificate of Occupancy for the above referenced address. We would appreciate a final inspection of the site by your department. Approval by your department would result in a granting a C.O. for the address. If you have any issues that the contractor will need to address, please submit a statement for denial of C.O. or a conditional agreement to be attached to the C.O. Thank you for your cooperation. Engineering Fire Public Works Zoning Utilities Licensing Conditions: (to be completed only if approval is conditional) 2 FEMA REC'd SLAB REC'd INSPECTOR REQUEST FOR FINAL INSPECTION CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY/COMPLETION NEW INDUSTRIAL BUILDING""*" DATE- 3 'C-J PERMIT #C ADDRESS_ ,\ PROJECT C) C0NTRACTOR c;y The Building Division has received a request for a final inspection and a Certificate of Occupancy for the above referenced address. We would appreciate a final inspection of the site by your department. Approval by your department would result in a granting a C.O. for the address. If you have any issues that the contractor will need to address, please submit a statement.for denial of C.O. or a conditional agreement to be attached to the C.O. Thank you for your cooperation. Engineering Fire Public Works -_ -.:., ..• •• Zoni Utilities Licensinq Conditions: (to be completed only if approval is conditional)_ A/•, L T T T XT r D S U R V E Y I N G 29 April 2003 City of Sanford Building Department 300 North Park Avenue Sanford, Florida 32771 Re: Lot 5, GORDON SUBDIVISION To Whom It May Concern: This is to certify that the finished floor elevation of the new building constructed at the above site meets or exceeds the requirements of Section 6- 7 of the City of Sanford Building Code. Should you have any questions or need additional information, please do not hesitate to call. Sincerely, P. ' - ((- ' R. Blair Kitner P.S.M. No. 3382 62-1933 P.O. BOX 823 0 SANFORD, FLORIDA 32772-0823 0 [4071 322.2000 FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENTAGENCY NATIONAL FLOOD INSURANCE PROGRAM O.M.B. No. 3067-0077 Expires July 31, 2002 ELEVATION CERTIFICATE SECTION A - PROPERTY OWNER INFORMATION I For ihaumrce Cor Psy use: I BLUE BELL CREAMERIES BUILDING STREET ADDRESS (brdudiig Apt, UnIL Suite, ardor Bldg. No.) OR P.O. ROUTE AND BOX NO. Company NAIC Number Gordon Streett CITY STATE ZIP CODE Sanford FL 32771 Lot 5, GORDON SUBDIVISION, Plat Book 56, Pages 47 and 48, Pubic Records of Seminole County, Florida BUILDING USE (e.g., Resift mtial, Non-residential, Addibon, Accessory, etc. Use a Comments area, if necessary.) NON-RESIDENTIAL LATIIUDE&ONGITUDE (OPTIONAL) HORIZONTAL DATUM: SOURCE: GPS (Type): W-W-1q .W or ;rltthtr #00) NAD 1927 NAD 1983 USGSQued Map Other. SECTION B - FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP (FIRM) INFORMATION B1. NFIP 0010vtt1NITY MANE & COMWNITY NUMBER B2. COUNTY MANE B3. STATE CRY ofSwW 120294 Sernihole I R B4. MW AND PANEL B5. SUFFD( B7. FIRM PANEL B9. BASE ROOD ELEVATION(S) NUMBER B6. FIRM INDD( DATE EFFECT FEED DATE B8. ROOD ZONE(S) 9bneAO, usedq* ofioodrrg) 12117ODD45 E APRL 1995 APRIL 1995 • X NA 810. Indicate the source of the Base Flood Elevation (BFE) data or base flood depth entered in 89. RS Prdb ® FIRM Community Determined Olher(Descrbe7 811. Indicate the elevation datum used for the BFE in BR ® NGVD 1929 NAVD 19M Other (Descrbe} B12 Is the building boated it a Coastal Barrier Resources System (CBRS) area or Otherwise Protected Area (OPA)? Yes ® No Designation Dais SECTION C - BUILDING ELEVATION INFORMATION (SURVEY REQUIRED) C1. Building alevalions are based on: Construction Drawings• Building Under Cor>sbuction' ® Fnished Construction A new Elevation Certilr ob veil be required when oon*udDn oft o building 's complete. C2. Building Diagram Number 1(Select the building diagram most similar b the buldng forwhich this oerfificade's being completed - see pages 6 and 7. If no diagram aocuraiely represents ft building, provide a sketch or ox*)graph.) C3. Elevations —Zones A1-A30, AE, AH, A (wih BFE), VE, V1 V30, V (wih BFE), AR ARIA, AR/AE, AR/AIA30, ARIAH, AR/AO Complete Items C3.a4 below a>oordng to the building diagram speci'ied'n Item C2 State the datum used. If the datum is drarent from the datum used forte BFE in Section B, eonveit the datum b that used forte BFE Show field measurements and datum conversion calculation. Use the space provided or the Comments area of Section D or Section G, as appropriate, to document the datum conversion. Datum NGVD29 ConversbMComments Elevation reference mark used Does the elevation reference mark used appearon the FIRM? [:]Yes ®No 0 a) Top dbotbmlbor('ndudngbasementorendosure) 35. X(M) O b) Top of ne)d higherlbor O c) Botbm of lowest hormontal structural member (V zones only) NA . 8(m) tt(m) O d) Attached garage (bp of dab) 0 e) Lowest elevation of machnmy andbrequpment smvicing the buldigg (Desorbe in a Comments area) O t) Lowest adaoent (finshed) grade (LAG) 31.6 ft(m) z 0 g) Highest ad1acent (finished) grade (RAG) 32 1 ft(m) 0 h) No. of pernwent openings (flood vents) within 1 I above adaoent grade NA O ) Total area of ail permanent openings (flood vents) in C3.h NA sq. in. (sq. cm) r SECTION D - SURVEYOR, ENGINEER, ORARCHITECTCERTIFICA71ON This certification is to be signed and sealed by a land surveyor, engineer, or architect authorized by law to certify elevation information. 1 certify that the information in Sections A, B, and C on this certificate represents my best efforts to interpret the data available. 1 understand that any false statement may be punishable by fine or imprisonment under 18 U. S. Code, Section 1001. CERTIFIERS NAME R BLAIR KITNER LICENSE NUMBER P.S.M. 3382 TITLEPRESIDENT COMPANY NAME KITNER SURVEYING, INC. ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIPCODE 2597 S. SANFORDAVENUE SANFORD FL 32773 Orr.* CITY OF SANFORD PERNUT APPLICATION R-, VA-Z, Permit No.: (J C Job Address: 91 Permit Type: Description of Work: ZZ$a i rr Bui ding Electrical Mechanical APr1-n00 I /Z—) Z-1 Plumbing_ _Fire Alarm/Sprinkler, Additional Information for Electrical & Plumbing Permits Electrical: —Addition/Alteration _Change of Service _Temporary Pole New AMP Service (# of AMPS ) Plumbing/Residential: Addition/Alteration New Construction (One Closet Plus Additional) Plumbing/Commercial: Number of Fixtures Number of Water & Sewer Drainage Lines Number of Gas Lines Occupancy Type: _Residential _Commercial _ Industrial Total Sq Ftg: Value of Work: s 3 1 C U Type of Construction: Flood Zone: Number of Stories: Number of Dwelling Units: en -, Contact Person: CUVI- Phone &Fax Title Holder (If other than Owner): Address: Bonding Company: Address: Mortgage Lender: Address: Architect/Engineer Address: Attach Proof of Ownership & Legal Description) d r A its Phone No.: Fax No.: Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating constructioninthisjurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for ELECTRICAL WORK, PLUMBING, SIGNS, WELLS, POOLS, FURNACES, BOILERS, HEATERS, TANKS, and AIR CONDITIONERS, etc. OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOURNOTICEOFCOMMENCEMENT. NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may befoundinthepublicrecordsofthiscounty, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies. Acceptance of permit is verification that 1 will notify the owner of the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. DL 9 1 1 O I Z .. Q ZSignatureOwner/Ager il Dale-, Signature of Contr dor/agent IDate I ap, wo ChWene Lopez 4 - My Commission DDI00753 Nh,j Expires March 17 2006 Owner/Agent is_ Produced ID PI2, Personally Known to Me or Agent's N Charlene Lopes My Commission DDIW763 p Expires March 17 2W6 LQ Date Contractor/Agent is Personally Known to Me or Produced ID APPLICATION APPROVED BY: Date: 9-a4 - 7- Spacial Conditions: SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, Fl. 32771 / P. O. Box 1788, Sanford, Fl. 32772 407 302-2520 / FAX (407) 330-5677 Pager (407) 918-0395 i F DI Plans Review Sheet Date: September 19, 2002 Business Address: 500 Gordon Street Occ. Ch. 42 Business Name: Blue Belle Creameries Ph. () Contractor: K.C. Petroleum Ph. ( 407) 399-4630 Fax. (407) 469-2994 Reviewed 1 Reviewed with comment [XI Rejected i ] Reviewed by: Timothy Robles, Fire Protection Inspector Comment: Instillation on one(]) 10, 000 gallon diesel tank (underground) 1.1 Application — The Sanford Fire Department will require the following items to be field verified prior to CIO. 1.2 Fuel Dispensers: Shear Valves 1.3 Main Shut Off: Function Test with fuel dispensing 1.4 Fuel Dispensers: Verify Ballard's in front of all fuel dispensers 1.5 Fire Protection: One (1) 201b "Purple " Kfire extinguisher required inside cabinet at Fuel Island. 1 Licensing Portal - Licensee Details Page 1 of 1 J Public Services Search for a Licensee Apply for a License View Application Status Apply to Retake Exam Find Exam Information File a Complaint AB&T Delinquent Invoice Activity List Search User Services Renew a License Change License Status Maintain Account Change My Address View Messages Change My PIN View Continuing Ed w. DBPR Home I Online Services Home 1 Help 1 Site Map Licensee Details Licensee Information Name: Address: License Information License Type: Rank: License Number: Status: Licensure Date: Expires: 12.20:16 PI FIELDS, GRETHEL CLAYTON (Primary Name) K C PETROLEUM INC (Alternate Name) 422 COPELAND ST P O BOX 60742 JACKSONVILLE, Florida 32236 Certified Pollutant Storage Contractor Cert Pollutant PCC047153 Current, Active 08/31/2004 View Related License Information View License Complaint 1®! Term Glossary Online Help I Terms of Use I I Privacy Statement I https://www.myfloridalicense.comllicensing/w113.jspjsessionid=ENLHLBBFDAGFkKj9f-y 9/27/2002 CITY OF SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT FEES FOR SERVICES PHONE # 407-302-1091 * FAX #: 407-330-5677 DATE: n , PERMIT #: v2v v BUSINESS NAME / PROJECT: ADDRESS: t- PHONE NO. —`1 —Z0 FAX NO.(46-7 CONST. INSP. [ ] C / 0 INSP.:[ ] REINSPECTION [ ] PLANS REVIEW F. A. [ 1 F.S. [ ] HOOD [ J PAINT BOOTH [ J BURN PE MIT [ ] TENT PERMIT ] TANK PERMIT OTHER TOTAL FEES: S t ( (PER UNIT SEE BELOW) Address / Bldg. # / Unit # Square Footage Fees per Bldg. / Unit 1. 2, 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. l 1. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Fees must be paid to Sanford Building Department, 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, FI. 32771 Phone # -407- 330-5656. Proof of Payment must be made to Fire Prevention division before any further services can take place. I certify that the above is true and correct and that I will comply with all applicable codes and ordinances of the City of Sanford, Florida. 4t Sanford Fire Prev e on Division Appli is Signatur 09/24/2002 16:19 NO. 795 P02 0.%: In V%X 4078751916' BRASFIELD to 00 1 Tax Folio # NAME it IJO e N01.;U--' OF COMMENCEMENT Vj)R. kve of FW;-1G-A • Ff- s3 )--7 j7 THE UNDERSIGNED bere!--v 9.Wch notice that 1mpzovcrncntwiU be node to certain zeal W accurdancc %%ith Ch"p!.r '13, Florida Statutes, the following informatior. is pr;:vidle J In Oils Not of cormnCILCIII-Tol. l3v>c;l) rtp11 of Properry:-AF-0-0., ..6C1tLA0e1J sr-- rnpy Ir-L- 77--r2g G ev i c uij des c ripav no -C IUW-SM25,1710-2 13. goo rr-1) o. \: one & Acldres5: 5LV* 13f-LA, (A&A—A-A-tC-54 L.op 101 -':) v Zy btw-rp4l. imar 7-j( 77e74 7 In% rest In Property: i):- w &- Addre-5s of fec sinq-J, Lidcholdcr (other than owner); V14 Name & Addrt5::., 0-4 D'Ift-P 4OU -. 111VOULAY A4C.6 'S70. ZVO o%4 A 41v 0 Z 7 T-46J - f7 -111C, ilh; ine number: W-61kc r4io ---- -.b. Faxnumbcr 07 F 4 Nn,-kir &,Acldress: Fax numbcr-- 6. - ArytJum of Bond: S—,.— Nanid Add-w%sl- n. Pi-w-ne b. Fax numbev— Pcr; an \N-Ahiri the Stute of Fk)L:id:l ij-,16mited by owner upon whom notices or other Florida mu.. h;., seryeel as 1-.i-.-.J by 713.13 (1) (a) 7, 1 Statues: C-Ailf- - rW41LoP61 N1--.:- ie&AJdz!-ss- 1977*-:- o- -44 111,,jac numbcv--... c. Fax number. In iC' Jju-Dn to himself, clu-net bzoi= - -Fi6v- 121L.u1ii SectionTO ncb. Fax number: V.,:i Jaw of Notice of GrjMT)1U1CCMtMt (the expiration date is tine (1) yc&r Erom, the difior,!jt- A -.Ice's spec'Eied): R"*W MORSE, CLERK OF CIRCUIT COURT Vi SE141NOLE COUNTY efote ine PIA 04.478 PG 18559 to -L; bsue_;, b 11 if: -7 CLERKIIS 0 2002918472 RECORDED 04/ 011MR 01MA3 PP WORD IND FEES 6.00 ftv.PYMycorcwwssionexpircs:1115CORDO BY A Nolderl JUM A. JALONEM EXPIRES- Deceftg127. 2ws POWER OF ATTORNEY DATk; I HEREBY NAME AND APPOINT Ab;jf L) OFw a"Inly, TO BE MY LAWFUL ATTOaEY IN FACt TO ACT FORME AND APPLY TO THE 01' BUILDING DEPARTMENT FOR A PERMIT FOR WORK TO BE PERFORMED AT A LOCATION DESCRIBED AS: OWNER: Pt l I G rce"iv AND TO SIGN MY NAME AND DO ALL THINGS NECESSARY TO THIS APPOMM(ENT wim NAME SIGNATURE OF CERTIFIED CONTRACTOR THE FOREGOING INSTRUMENT WAS ACKNOWLEDGE BEF RE ME THIS D DAY OFAaL_By WSQJ.S PERLLY ]KNOWN TO ME. TE OF FLORIDA PRINTED NAME OF NOTARY COMMISSION EXPIRES 4 % GEGRGE FEANANDEZ aw MY COMMISSION I swam ltw K% LXPi 02w4m 1-gW3•NOTARY Fix .Now, Sen(co k Booyp CO CITY OF SANFORD PERAUT APPLICATION Permit No.: 4,119 Date: Job Address: 500 Gordon Street Sanford Florida Permit Type: Building Electrical Mechanical Plumbing x Fire Alarm/Sprinkler Description of Work: Inside fire sprinkler system Additional Information for Electrical & Plumbing Permits Electrical: _Addition/Alteration _Change of Service _Temporary Pole New AMP Service (# of AMPS ) Plum bing/Residential: Addition/Alteration New Construction (One Closet Plus Additional) Plumbing/Commercial: Number of Fixtures Number of Water & Sewer Drainage Lines Number of Gas Lines Occupancy Type: _Residential XCommercial _ Industrial Total Sq Ftg: 12 , 6 0 0 Value of Work: s 2 0, 7 0 8. 0 0 Type of Construction: Meta Flood Zone: Number of Stories: 1 Number of Dwelling Units: 1 Parcel No.: 2 7 -19 - 3 0- 5 0 4- 0 0 0 0- 0 0 5 0 _ (Attach Proof of Ownership & Legal Description) Owner/Address/Phone: Blue Bell Creameries LP 1101 South Horton Street B h m TX 7 34-1 0 Contractor/Address/Phone: Southern Fire Proteciton 3801 East State Road 46, Sanford Robert H. Cal_dwell, Jr. State License Number: _74072300011990 Contact Person:_ Tiffany Kirk -Phone& FaxNumber:407-323-4200, Fax 328-8931 Title Holder (If other than Owner): N/A Address: - Bonding Company: N/A Address: Mortgage Lender: Address: Architect/Engineer N/A Address: Phone No.: Fax No.: Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating constructioninthisjurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for ELECTRICAL WORK, PLUMBING, SIGNS, WELLS, POOLS, FURNACES, BOILERS, HEATERS, TANKS, and AIR CONDITIONERS, etc. OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOURNOTICEOFCOMMENCEMENT. NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may befoundinthepublicrecordsofthiscounty, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies. Acceptance of permit is verification that I will notify the owner of the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. Signature of Owner/Agent Print Owner/Agent's Name Date Signature of Notary -State of Florida Date Owner/Agent is Personally Known to Me or Produced ID APPLICATION APPROVED BY: ,&< i_ 2lo"/O,Lf13 ignature o C c or/Age Date Robert H. Calawell, Jr Print Contractor/Agent's Name -" a4.9 § .r,z ay7 L...Qi%yrt_ I — 3 e-0 o2 Signature of Notary -State of Florida"'.` Date CAROL ANNE MURCHISON Notary Public, Stale of Florida My Comm. exp. July 11, 2005 Comm. No. DD-037233_ Contractor/Agent is X Personally Known to Me or Produced ID Date: V le. - L Special Conditions: SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, Fl. 32771 / P. O. Box 1788, Sanford, Fl. 32772 407 302-2520 / FAX (407) 330-5677 Pager (407) 918-0395 Plans Review Sheet F D Date: September 17,2002 Business Address: 500 Gordon St. Occ. Ch. #42,storage Business Name: Blue Belle Ph. () Contractor: Southern Fire Protection Ph. (407) 323-4200 FAx.(407) 328-8931 Reviewed [ ] Reviewed with comment [ x ] Rejected [ 1 Reviewed by: Timothy Robles, Fire Protection Inspector/Plans Examiner Comment: Instillation offire sprinkler system ( $20, 708) 1.1 Application — Ordinary Hazard Group I > Density .1511500 1.2 N.F.P.A #231 specific ruling .325/200 1.3 Dairy workroom "Ordinary hazard" type #1 1.4 Loading dock "Ordinary Hazard " type #2 Thirty —nine (39) heads recessed %2 " chrome 155 degrees Rasco K=5.62 Nine -teen (19) up right % " Brass 165 degrees Rasco "G " K=5.62 Underground Fire line (four 8" inch C-900) requires an 8 min. flush All fire sprinkler valves shall be equipped with tamper switches (except inspectors test valve) 48 hour notice required prior to all inspections 0 7 BUSINESS!.--. ADDRESS MAILING , ADDRESS.: STATE OF nOREDA- OFFICE OF TREASURER DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE TALLAHASSEE , FLORIDA STATEFIRE MARSHAL RTMCATE OF COMPETENCY THIS CERTIFIES THAT: ROBERT H CALDWEL-L JIL 3801 EAST STATE RD 46 SANFORD, FL 32771- BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: SOUTHERN FIRE PROTECTION OF ORLANDO INC jLrry. EXPERIENCE, KNOWLEDGE, SCIENCE. AND SKILL EXECUTION OF CONTRACTS REQUIRING THE AB TYPES OF FM PROTECTION SYSTEMS, CONTRACTORIINCLUDESITIEFABRICATE, INSTAL,. INSPECT, ALTER, REPAIR. OR SERVICE ALL TO INTELLIGENTLY LAYOUT' EXCLUDING PRE-ENGINEERED SYSTEMS. On7 OL112002 07 15 Seminole ClasslCoun, 74072300011990 Licalw1permit Number Treasurer Laurance Commissioner Fire Marshal 1073580002 ' 250-00 06 30 2004 F.. Expire Date Application a T.,. 4, yp• Sept. zjvj 4vvc- COUNTY OCCUPATIONAL LICENSE 3465 SEMINOLE #:1 05 STATE OF FLORIDA Account TAX COLLECTOR RAYVALDESLICENSE TO ENGAGE IN BUSINESS, PROFESSION OR OCCUPATION SPECIFIED BELOW. ALARM INSTALLATIONS(73) fRE:"- PROTEC .'-.140723000290/190 SOUTHERN-:-F TION OF ORL. State Lic-4 6' 3801SR4SANFORI) i FL..--32 7 L , E 0 NA'RD M HOLLIS (PRE- SOUTHERN FIRE' 'PROTECT PRqT.ECTION'-OF ORL INC 3301 SR 4 - 6.1" SANFORD? OLH82001032301834 82.00 AmountPaid: 037284 MV,V,VYLVP 1-ee5 r.nciva r-coc taut-06-69 03:5S PM P.65 Taw ft,G., #_ I H16 INJI NUMt:N I r1ri fti u, ei. NAME [r, !kA e iNOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT AApk. Qpp „ l tttnityJ t(_Ewti t7 _._ - -----•- - -. 1 T 4E UNDERSIGNED hcrchy gives ntoticr thaw urlprt,vcnlrnt will be Inadr it, cL•I10iP1 t,-al pP p, l V. and oil accolLinncc with t •haptcr 713. I imd'P SIGIONF, the ftolltrwing tnfurmatIL.n is pr.wnl J in Phi, VuRt•r t,f c411711)1CM'tmt•Ht. I. 1)jiroiprinn t,f l,r,.ipcny $r-_.._. ...-•---------- -- -----..-... . 3. c:i•,r.•Pal dcFcnptltrn of impru cmrut. E Ott ,fin. p s o,,,oN_F/vT1F/t ......_ __ 1 t>ivtoer ltl[tolPtt tio,n: a. I Narnr & Addrer-t<: t.t E QEI.t._-4 _6 i,__o__ . _... -. • -- .. l o / Jov7i/^ 7oK etc v_rr!_vl' r X _7Zd.7¢ I.. InPLoca In I'ruperry: Nome t5c .Wt1rcoi; ni ice iar,ple udclProldvr kuthct thin o,wncr): 4 t ;D int rwom's N;tme & Addrea.:404tp-r-1-- I a. 1'lionc mPPnl,er:- t21-Aio_ jotQ _-__ _I, I ax numbeu #OltA07r.11 Z & -__- 5. Cu cty lnftorlllatitm- a Namr & Address YE-- _ _ .. ..._.. _-- _ _-- _ •-aalltll <t Coll MARIAWK MORM L Thine nunlbcr._. __--•-_-- ....... ...C. FAX numl,ct•:_--- ` -• CLEh% %F i11C:14- MUER d. Amount r,f Ruin: I__ _..__......... ..---_--•---._- _-- Mt11E,_CO KTY. ttJ>ItIOA G. Ix PAi's Namr & Address. - . - -- - _-_-- _ -•• a ! Phone nto„lher:_ • --- _~ -_ Ir. I ax number- 7 Pe soon withiol tic ImAte %J Flot-14 Jc>11gDA-6d by uwI cr Upull w1u,n, 1101kk•Of uthet a otNamt & Address: t.Ll as l+ruviLlcLl +71 1'3 (1) ) 7 ,rida `ttPL• tE b. ( 1'htonc ntornher: _" L Fax numlmr:__- 4. In u.lahrum n, hiPrlPPcif, (tw,lew JCgiWIa(cs___.. Ito rL•cr•ivr a LOpy t,f the hvitur's Nunct• :tP hu.vtticol Pn `crnun 711.1.1 I) (b), J1unda Stitt ic, 3. Phone number:—_ -. _ Ir. laxrnmther:_-_._....__ _._.._. 9. I{a otr-,inn date of Numc to[Cironmencconrnt (rhr rxlnmon date is tone (1) year from IN Lla v of tecutd,nR unhs, a di[fcrcnt Llote t spcctC,ed)IN»t N1A 1 A w I IJI1M:Af iKnanIry 44 owner)-_ 1MI1><A W NORM, CLE11t tF CIRCUIT CWNTS7ZJItrS =HOLE MUTT 5w„rn t ottl sulre bcf,tc Inc 8K 04478 PS 1859 rlt•- 3 __ thy n(. _ . 2n p? CLERK'S N 800291 A• 72 Ai PXD 06191few atlNl43 pN AEDOA011e FEE1 E.00 Knnwrt crs nnlly/113. Shr vn My %;cmmox%i,m expirr.s A6CM /r N Noidpll Pdy coetwlselotv i opa n r6 t :t tRE9. 4rwhplr V. pm sO'-h'Y rtacuww Nntws o.ri'..o.,roruL.mrF%L.docC: N1)UCUME-I %Ldeo,%\1.UP:Al ti-t vreml,\N,.tter ofCommnnrronrnt dot CITY OF SANFORD LICENSE DEPARTMENT , P.O. BOX 1788 SANFORD, FL 32772-1788 ISSUANCE OF LICENSE DOES NOT IMPLY THAT LICENSEE/PREMISES IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL CODES. TO AVOID LATE FEES, THIS LICENSE MUST BE RENEWED PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE. U 1 I v l S Gyo - is" CT',_ N :°# Y. 1 °I 1 J .. ' h 1,m • ..d yV.f 1"_' 4 Aij '. 1 ' '{. i I 1 I _. i: ' A Y i .. ':,, a jai ". •Ii.:'"(h' l_. >p ''{. ti.ALMt'1 f„«. . . CITY OF SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT FEES FOR SERVICES HONE # 407-302-1091 * FAX #: 407-330-5677 DATE: PE RM IT #: V 07'22`i BUSINESS NAME / PROJECT: S ADDRESS: PHONE NO.: 3`6000 FAX NO.:_O % T/ CONST. INSP. [ ] C / O INSP.:[ ] REINSPECTION [ ] PLANS REVIEW [ ] F. A. [ ] F.S. / kHOOD PAINT BOOTH [ ] BURN PERMITTENTPERMIT ]RMIT [ ] OTHER [ ] ATOTALFEES: $ 0 ( PB> UNIT SEE BELO,V j) i COMMENTS: Address / Bldg. # / Unit # Square Footage Fees per Bldg. / Unit 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Fees must be paid to Sanford Building Department, 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, FI. 32771 Phone # -407- 330-5656. Proof of Payment must be made to Fire Prevention division before any further services can take place. I certify that the above is true and correct and that I will comply with all applicable codes and ordinances of the City of Sanford, Florida. Sanford Pire Preven ' n Division Applicant's Sig at e SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, Fl. 32771 / P. O. Box 1788, Sanford, Fl. 32772 407 302-2520 / FAX (407) 330-5677 Pager (407) 918-0395 Plans Review Sheet I F D I Date: September 17,2002 Business Address: 500 Gordon St. Occ. Ch. #42,storage Business Name: Blue Belle Ph. ( ) Contractor: Southern Fire Protection Ph. (407) 323-4200 FAx.(407) 328-8931 Reviewed [ ] Reviewed with comment [ x l Rejected [ Reviewed by: Timothy Robles, Fire Protection Inspector/Plans Examiner Comment: Instillation offire sprinkler system ( $20, 708) 1.1 Application — Ordinary Hazard Group I > Density .1511500 1.2 N.F.P.A #231 specific ruling .325/200 1.3 Dairy workroom "Ordinary hazard" type #1 1.4 Loading dock "Ordinary Hazard " type #2 Thirty —nine (39) heads recessed Y2 " chrome 155 degrees Rasco K=5.62 Nine -teen (19) up right % " Brass 165 degrees Rasco "G " K=5.62 Underground Fire line (four 8" inch C-900) requires an 8 min. flush ' All fire sprinkler valves shall be equipped with tamper switches (except inspectors test valve) 48 hour notice required prior to all inspections 1 n SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, Fl. 32771 / P. O. Box 1788, Sanford, Fl. 32772 407 302-2520 / FAX (407) 330-5677 Pager (407) 918-0395 Plans Review Sheet i F D, Date: September 17,2002 Business Address: 500 Gordon St. Occ. Ch. #42,storage Business Name: Blue Belle Ph. () 11 Contractor: Southern Fire Protection Ph. (407) 323-4200 FAx.(407) 328-8931 Reviewed [ ] Reviewed with comment [ X ] Rejected [] i Reviewed by: Timothy Robles, Fire Protection Inspector/Plans Examiner Comment: Instillation offire sprinkler system *($20, 708) 1.1 Application — Ordinary Hazard Group I > Density .1511500 1.2 N.F.P.A #231 specific ruling .3251200 1.3 Dairy workroom "Ordinary hazard" type #1 1.4 Loading dock "Ordinary Hazard " type #2 Thirty —nine (39) heads recessed % " chrome 155 degrees Rasco K=5.62 Nine -teen (19) up right % " Brass 165 degrees Rasco "G " K=5.62 Underp-round Fire line (four 8" inch C-900) requires an 8 min. flush All fire sprinkler valves shall be equipped with tamper switches (exceptinspectors test valve) 1 48 hour notice required prior to all inspections FIRE: PRO-IE:C-TIChi BY C0MP%LJ7E:R IDaSION t X- -x- -X- -K- -X- -x- -X- -W -X- -*- -X- -X- --W qc- it- 4(- -]* ll- 4*- -m- -X- -X- -X- -x- -K- -x- ->E- -W -X- -m- l-[YDPN=k-rE:C, it\IC- -X- R'Tc- III wilUDHAM Nil OZOa7 Oa;-4,34-OEiOa X- -K- -yll- -X- -x- -X- -X- -x- -W -X- -w- -x- as art -x- -W 4(- AIF it- 4c- 4*- 41- -X- --X- -X I: I , P . r. CONTRACTOR SOUTHERN FIRE PROTECTION OF ORLANDO,INC. NAME BLUE BELL CREAMERIES LOCATION 500 GORDON STEET SANFORD, FLORIDA SYSTEM NO. ZERO STIOR CONTRACT NO. 220239 HYDRATEC, INC. RTE 111 WINDHAM NH 03087 603--434-0502 HYDRAULIC DESIGN INFORMATION SHEET _ NAME BLUE BELL CREAMERIES DATE 8-29-02 LOCATION) 500 GORDON STEET SONFORO, FLORIDA BUILDING SYSTEM NO. ZERO STOR CONTRACTOR SOUTHERN FIRE PROTECTION OF ORLANDO,INC. CONTRACT NO. 22039 CALCULATED BY LM DRAWING NO. E OF 2 CONSTRUCTION:( )COMBUSTIBLE (X)NON—COMBUSTIBLE CEILING HEIGHT EXPS OCCUPANCY SUB —ZERO STORAGE CLASS II 18FT STORAGE NFPA 13 t ) LT. HAZ ORD. HAZ. GP. ( ) 1 ( ) 2 ( ) ( ) EX. HAZ. — — Y ! ( ) NFPA 231 (X) NFPA 231 C F I GURE7-4. 2. 2. 1. 1 CURVE (b) "E" S ! ( ) OTHER APPLY 7-4. 2. 2. 1. 3 85% _ . 276/DRY SYSTEM 30 INCREASE 2600 SQ. FT T !(X)SPECIFIC RULING .325/2000 MADE BY N.F.P.A. DATE 1999 E M !AREA OF SPRINKLER OPERATION 2600 SYSTEM TYPE DENSITY— GPM .276 ( )WET( )DRY( )DELUGE(X)PREACTION D !AREA PER, SPRINKLER 85.02 SPRINKLER OR NOZZLE E !HOSE ALLOWANCE GPM —INSIDE 0 MANE RASCO MODEL G S !HOSE ALLOWANCE GPM —OUTSIDE 500 SIZE 17/32 K-•FACTOR 8.2 I !RACK SPRINKLER ALLOWANCE 0 TEMPERATURE RATING 286 G N ' CALCULATION ! GPM REQUIRED 301.19 PSI .REQUIRED 36.99 AT BASE OF RISER SUMMARY ! C FACTOR USED: OVERHEAD 100 UNDERGROUND 150 W !WATER FLOW TEST ! PUMP DATA ! TANK OR RESERVOIR— — A !DATE OF TEST MAY 2002 ! RATED CAP 0 ' CAP. 0 T !TIME OF TEST AM ! AT PSI 0 ! ELEV. 0 E !STATIC (PSI) 78 ! ELEV k ' R !RESIDUAL (PSI) 58 ! ' WELL FLOW ( GPM) 12k 5 ' ' PROOF FLOW GPM 0 S !ELEVATION 2.5 U--------------------------------- P ' P !LOCATION :HYDRANT ON CITY WATER MAIN L !SOURCE OF INFORMATION :SANFOR,D FIRE PREVENTION) Y ! COMMODITY ICE CREAM CLASS II LOCATION — — — C !STORAGE HT. 18FT AREA AISLE WIDTH 8FT 0 !STORAGE METHOD:SOLID PILED A PALLETIZED RACK V. M----- M ! ! ( )SINGLE ROW ( ) CONVEN. PALLET ( ) AUTO. STORAGE -_--- ( ) ENCAP. _-- R ! ( )DOUBLE ROW ( )SLAVE PALLET ( )SOLID SHELVING ( )NON—ENCAP. S ! A ! ( )MULTIPLE ROW ( ) OPEN SHELVING T' G '------------------------------- ---- ----- __ ... — ------ -- - ---- —-------- 0 ! K ! FLUE SPACING: CLEARANCE:STORAGE TO CEILING R ! ! LONGITUDINAL TRANSVERSE A__— G ! ! HORIZONTAL BARRIERS PROVIDED: E ! ! UNITS — DIAMETER (INCH) LENGTH (F00T) FLOW (GPM) PRESSURE (PSI) is i= it.-i;••i%•ii##•Y•#yi=i.•ie###i%r.•xii•iF h•f•i:u r •; •ic i%••#t•#i=i: i:•#ii•ic ii•#•;: is is #r.•##•#•ki=ii•#iF }iF r. i?ici't##i#r. ###iE iF##riE r 1 J?E= o ° F?a 1 E=G E 101\1---12 i' L0i+sF-°fli.—'r—FE_ R D — S=J 1 01`4 i ,txxjt i xxaixa at HYDRATEC, INC. kx i ex#*aik JOB- BLUE BELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22039 DATE 8-29-02 PAGE 1 STORAGE DESIGN HYDRLC. QA DIP. CQUIV. PIPE PT PT REF. FLOW C" FITTING FIGS. PE PV ;**** NOTES POINT QT LOSS/F LENGTHS TOT. PF PN 25.25 C=100 6.00 9.49 Q=K*SQR(P): P= 9.49 9 2.157 0.000.00 K= 8.200 V 2.22 25.25 0.0083 6.00 0.05 25.33 C=100 7.00 9.54 K= 8.200 P= 9.54 b 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 4.44 50.58 0.0303 7.00 0.21 25.60 C=100 7.00 9.75 K= 8.200 P= 9.75 7 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 6.69 76.18 0.0646 7.00 0.45 26. 19 C=100 1. 83 i 0.20 K= 8.200 P= 10.20 6 2.157 IT 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCITY = 8.98 102.37 0.1117 8.9E 1.00 102.37 11.20 CS 1 41 25.28 C=100 6.00 9.50 Q=K*SQR(P): P= 9.5 18 2.157 0.00 0.00 K= 8.200 V 2.22 25.28 0.0084 6.00 0.05 25.35 C=100 7.00 9.56 K= 8.200 P= 9.56 17 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 4.44 50.63 0.0303 7.00 0.21 25.63 C=100 7.00 9.77 K= 8.200 P= 9.77 16 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 6.69 76.26 0.0647 7.00 0.45 26.21 0100 1.83 10.22 K= 8.200 P= 10.22 15 2.157 IT 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCITY = 8.99 102.47 0.1119 8.96 1.00 102.47 11.22 CS 2 27. 47 C=100 8.17 11.22 Q=K*SQR (P) : P= 11.22 25 2.157 0.00 0.00 K= 3.200 V 2.41 27.47 0.0097 8.17 0.08 27.56 C=100 8.17 11.30 K= 8.200 P= 11.30 24 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 4.83 55.03 0.0354 8.17 0.21) 27.92 0100 3.00 11.59 K= 8.200 P= 11 . 59 23 2.157 1T 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCIT`( = 7.28 82.25 0.0756 i 0. 13 0.77 i-rx.:•xxxk c HYDRATEC, INC.raa i JOB- BLUE SELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22039 DATE 8-29-0E PAGE E tt•***********************STORAGE DESIGN HYDRLC. QA C" EQUIV. PIPE PT PT REF. FLOW DIA. FITTING FTGS. PE PV ***** NOTES POINT QT LOSSIF LENGTHS TOT. PF PN 82.95 12.36 CS 3 43 S9.13 C=100 8.17 12.62 Q=K*SQRCP): P= 12.62 i f 2.157 0.00 0.00 K= 8.200 V 2.56 29.13 0.0109 8.17 0.09 C9. S4 C=100 3.00 12.71 K= 8.200 P= 12.71 30 E.157 IT 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCITY = 5.12 58.37 0.0395 10.13 0.40 58.37 13.11 CS 4 44 23.49 C=100 6.00 8.21 Q=K*SQR(P): P= 8.E1 10 2. 15 7 0.00 0.00 K= 8.200 V 2.06 23.49 0.0073 6.00 0.04 23. 55 C=100 7.00 8.25 K= 8.200 :00 P= 8.25 11 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 4.13 47.04 0.0E65 7.00 0.19 23. 82 C=100 7.00 8.44 K= 8.200 P= 8.44 12 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 6.22 70.86 0.0565 7.00 0.40 4. 37 C=100 7.00 8.83 K= 8.200 P= 8.83 13 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 8.36 95.23 0.0977 7.00 0.68 25.30 C=100 4.17 9.52 K= 8.200 P= 9.5E 14 2.157 1T 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCITY = 10.58 120.53 0.1511 11.30 1.71 10C. 47 C=100 1.00 i 1. CC QA= 102. 47PT= 11.22 42 2.157 IT 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCITY = 19.57 223.00 0.4716 8.13 83 223. 15.06 CS `_ 52 25. 95 C=100 8.17 10.01 Q=K*SQR (P) : P= 10.01 19 2.157 0.00 0.00 K= 8.200 V 2.28 25.95 0.0088 8.17 0.07 26. 04 C=100 8.17 10.09 K= 8.200 P= 10. 09 20 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 4.56 51.99 0.0318 8.17 ME I HYDRATEC, INC.xa i*,a t JOB- BLUE BELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22039 DATE 8-29-02 PAGE 3 STORAGE DESIGN HYDRLC. QA C" EQUIV. PIPE PT PT REF. FLOW DIM FITTING FIGS. PE PV * + NOTES #* t POINT QT LOSSJF LENGTHS TOT. PF PN 26.38 C=100 8.17 10.35 K= 8.200 P= 10.35 21 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 6.88 78.377 0.0681 8.17 0.56 7. 08 C=100 5.17 10.90 K= 8.200 P= 10.90 22 2.157 1T 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCITY = 9.25 105.45 0.1180 12.30 1.45 85.94 C=100 1.00 15.36 QA= 8E.94PT= 1E.36 43 2.157 1T 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCITY = 16.53 188.39 0.34,`- 8. 1,3 2.81 186.39 15.16 CS 6 53 06.74 C=100 8.17 10.64 D.=K*SQR(P) : P= 10.64 E6 2.157 0.00 0.00 K= 8.200 V = E.35 26.74 0.0093 8.17 0.08 26. 84 C=100 8.17 10.71 K= 8.200 P= 10.71 E7 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 4.7 53.58 0.0337 8.17 0.28 27.18 C=100 8.17 10.99 K= 8.200 P= 10.99 28 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 7.09 80.76 0.0780 8.17 0.59 27.90 C=100 5.17 11.58 K= 8.200 P= 11.58 29 2.157 IT 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCITY = 9.54 103.66 0.1247 12.30 1.53 58. 37 C=100 1.00 13.11 QA= 58. 37PT = 13.11 44 2.157 1T 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCITY = 14.66 167.03 2763 8.13 2.25 167. 0.: 15.36 CS 7 54 23.47 C=100 6.00 8.19 Q=K*SQR(P): P= 8.19 1 2.157 0.00 0.00 3.200 V = 2.06 23.47 0.0073 6.00 0.04 23.53 C= 100 7.00 8.23 K= 8. 200 P= 8.23 E 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 4.10 47.00 0.0064 7.00 0.11) 23. 7 9 C=100 7.00 8.42 K= 8.200 P= 8.42 3 E.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 6.01 70.79 0.0564 7.00 0.40 HYDRATEC, INC.r*e*,}ae x JOB- BLUE HELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22039 DATE 8-29-02 PAGE 4 e xr.kr t c STORAGE DESIGN AREAxj r xxx HYDRLC. GA C" EQUIV. FIRE FT FT REF. FLOW D_IA. FITTING FTGS. RE RV # NOTES ## POINT QT LOSSIF LENGTHS TOT. FF FN 24.34 C=100 7.00 8.81 K= 8.200 F= 8.61 4 2.157 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 8.35 95.13 0.097E 7.00 0.68 25. 27 C=100 4.17 9.50 K= 8.200 F= 9.50 5 2.157 1T 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCITY = 10.57 120.40 0.1506 11.30 1.70 102. 37 C=100 1.00 11.20 QA= 102. 37FT= 11.20 41 2.157 IT 7.1 7.13 0.00 VELOCITY = 19.55 222.77 0.4707 8.13 3.83 0. 00 C=100 12.14 15.03 QA= MOM 15.03 51 6.357 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 2.25 222.77 0.0024 12.14 0.03 223. 00 C=100 11.83 15.06 QA= 223. 00FT = 15. 06 52 6.357 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 4.5 445.77 0.0087 11.83 0.10 186.39 C=100 11.52 15.16 QA= 133.39FT= 15.16 53 6.357 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 6.41 634.16 0.0168 11.52 0.19 167.03 C=100 5E 9.9 153.00 15.36 QA= 167.03FT= 15.36 54 6.357 49.90 13.93 VELOCITY = 8.1 801.0 0.0260 202.90 5.28 PE= FOR HT. OF 32.1 301.1 34.57 CS 3 TDI' 0.00 C=100 TDR 6.357 801.19 0.0260 801.19 BR 1 E 9.9 13.00 34.57 79.98 0.00 0.00F. 92.98 2.42 36.99 QA= 0.00M 34.57 VELOCITY = 3.1 CS 9 0. 00 C =150 6E27. 1 280.00 36.99 QA= K OM= 36.99 BR 7.680 1T52. 8 219.0 0.00 VELOCIT`( = 5.55 801.19 0.0048 4.00F. 499.93 2.45 voi.19 39.43 cs 10 TEST HYDRA Ec, INC. #+» +# ++» +»#+++++«+»«#+#+» JOB- BLUE BELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22e39 DATE 8-29-02 PAGE 5 l+++»«»++»+,#+»#+#,t£++++FLOW Sc],EMATIc#+++++++++»++++#++## +«+++# 25.25 76.18 2-2 77 120.40 70.79 23.47 9:eC<<<7<<<<6 <41<S;51>>>41>>>5>>>>4>>>>3>>>>2>>>>1 Se. 510, 1e2.37 Q22.77 95.13 47.00 222.77 25.28 76. 2C, 223.ee ^ l ,S3 70,9E 23,k9 18<<<17<1E;<<15<<<42<<<52>>>42>>>14>>>13>>>12>>>11>>>10 5e.63 1e2.47 223.00 ss.' 47.04 445.77 27.47 ee.95 135.E 78.37 25.95 25<24!<<23(((43<<;503>>>§3>;>2e>>>21>>>' >>>19 55.03 188.39 1135,45 51.99 63#.1& 29.13 167.03 ^ 108.66 53,5e 31<<<30(((44(((5 >)>44>)>29>>>28>>>27>>>26 58.37 ^167.03 80.76 26.74 e 1.19 T R BR TEST a3: rata xr xz ij: HYDRATEC, INC. JOB— BLUE BELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22039 DATE B-29—•02 RAGE 7 xx :•a xi: ;e WRTER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC**•x**********•k•r:************** STATIC PRES. 78.000 PSI S , U ; i p R L Y RESIDUAL PRESS. C 58.000 PSI AT U 1205.00 GPM ! R E PRES. AVAILABLE 54.946 PSI SAFETY MARGIN 151516 PSI v SYSTEM DEMAND--; FLOW AVAILABLE ! s01. i 9 GPM 500 GPM HOSE '` 1718.54 GPM ! E ! TOTAL DEMAND ! ! V ! 39.430 RSI AT! R ! 1301.19 GPM ! ! U------------------ i % C , D N M 2142.55 GPM * ! AT 20.000 PSI D 12.990 PSI (ELEVATION) FLOW (GPM) FLOW SUMMARY SYSTEM FLOW 801.19 GPM OUTSIDE HOSE 500.00 GPM TOTAL DEMAND 1301.19 GPM r\\\\` ) C\\\\\] tom' I RE F' ROTECT I ON L'NY CoMl= UTE R DESIGN X X--m-aw-w w-r--X--x--w-w-afa 4(-4rt -x---w X- X--w-K a HYD RATEC, INC- • RTE III W I ND'HAM NH OZBOS7 wiEiF X- X-•4E w-X--X- -X--X- hF•X-#-w }EiE- h-iF##iFi[-4*-#-7*-#iF# m 1- x CONTRACTOR SOUTHERN FIRE PROTECTION OF ORLANDO,INC. NAME BLUE BELL CREAMERIES t• , LOCATION 500 GORDON STEET SANFORD, FLORIDA * SYSTEM N0. bJORK ROOhi , •._ CONTRACT td0. 22069 HYDRATEC, INC. RTE 111 WINDHAM NH 03087 603-434-0502 HYDRAULIC DESIGN INFORMATION SHEET - - NAME BLUE BELL CREAMERIES ---------DATE 8-E9-0E LOCATION 500 GORDON STEET SANFORD, FLORIDA BUILDING SYSTEM NO. WORK ROOM CONTRACTOR SOUTHERN FIRE PROTECTION OF ORLANDO,INC. CONTRACT NO. 22039 CALCULATED BY LM DRAWING NO. 1 OF O CONSTRUCTION:( )COMBUSTIBLE (X)NON-COMBUSTIBLE CEILING HEIGHT EXPS OCCUPANCY DAIRY PRODUCT WORK ROOM S !(X)NFPA 13 ( ) LT. HAZ. ORD. HAZ. GP. ( X) 1 ( ) 2 ( ) 3 ( ) EX. HAZ. Y !( )NFPA 231 ( )NFPA 231C FIGURE CURVE S !( )OTHER T ! ( )SPECIFIC RULING MADE BY N.F.P. A. DATE 1999 E N !AREA OF SPRINKLER OPERATION 1500 SYSTEM TYPE DENSITY- GPM .15 (X)WET( )DRY( )DELUGE( )PREACTION D !AREA PER SPRINKLER 110 SPRINKLER OR NOZZLE E !HOSE ALLOWANCE GPM -INSIDE 0 MAKE RASCO MODEL G S !HOSE ALLOWANCE GPM -OUTSIDE 250 SIZE 1/2" K-FACTOR 5.62 I !RACK SPRINKLER ALLOWANCE 0 TEMPERATURE RATING 165 G ! N ! CALCULATION ! GPM REQUIRED 248.4E PSI REQUIRED 40.59 AT BASE OF RISER SUMMARY ! C FACTOR USED: OVERHEAD 120 UNDERGROUND 150 W !WATER FLOW TEST ! PUMP' DATA ! TANK OR RESERVOIR A !DATE OF TEST MAY 2002 ' RATED CAP 0 ' CAP. 0 T !TIME OF TEST AM ! AT PSI 0 ! ELEV. 0 E !STATIC (PSI) 78 ! ELEV 0 ! R !RESIDUAL (P'SI ) 58 ! WELL FLOW (GPM) 1205 ' ' PROOF FLOW GPM 0 S !ELEVATION 2.5 ! U P' ! P !LOCATION :HYDRANT ON CITY WATER MAID; L !SOURCE OF INFORMATION :SANFORD FIRE PREVENTION Y ! COMMODITY ICE CREAM CLASS LOCATION C !STORAGE HT. AREA AISLE WIDTH 0 !STORAGE METHOD:SOLID PILED % PALLETIZED % RACK M M ! ' ( )SINGLE ROW ( )CONVEN. PALLET ( )AUTO. STORAGE ( )ENCAP. R ! ( )DOUBLE ROW ( )SLAVE PALLET ( )SOLID SHELVING ( )NON-ENCAP. S ! A ! ( )MULTIPLE ROW ( )OPEN SHELVING T ! C !---_----- 0 ! K ! FLUE SPACING: CLEARANCE:STORAGE TO CEILING R ! ! LONGITUDINAL TRANSVERSE G ! ! HORIZONTAL BARRIERS PROVIDED: E ! ! UNITS - DIAMETER, (INCH) LENGTH (FOOT: FLOW (GPM) PRESSURE (PSI) F= T F? F=• F-7c F? M -T- F a T( 6 K l-- IrA '•./ Q T r-- h B HYDRATEC, INC.****** JOB- BLUE BELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22039 DATE 8-29-02 PAGE 1 WORK ROOM DESIGN HYDRLC. GA DIM EQUIV. PIPE PT PT REF. FLOW C" FITTING FTGS. PE PV **** NOTES POINT QT L'OSSIF LENGTHS TOT. PF PN 16.50 C=120 11.00 8.62 Q=K*SQR(P): P= 8.62 3 1.049 0.00 0.00 K= 5.620 V 6. 12 16.50 0.0911 11.00 1.00 17.43 C=120 4E 3.0 27.00 9.62 K= 5.620 P= 9.62 4 1.380 IT 6.0 18.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 7.28 33.93 0.0910 45.00 4.10 2 33.93 13.72 CS 44 16. 75 C=120 11.00 8.89 Q=K*SQ R (P) : P= 8.89 5 1.049 0.00 0.00 K= 5.620 V 6.22 16.75 0.0937 1 i . 00 1.03 17.70 C=120 3E 3.0 27.00 9.92 K= 5.620 P= 9.92 6 1.380 1T 6.0 15.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 7.39 34.45 0.0536 42.00 3.93 34.45 13.85 CS 45 23 16.80 C=120 11.00 8.94 Q=K*SQR(P): P= 8.94 7 1.049 0.00 0.00 K= 5.620 V 6.23 16.80 0.0942 11.00 1.04 17.76 C=120 4E 3.0 27.00 9.98 K= 5.620 P= 9.98 8 1.380 1T 6.0 18.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 7.41 34.56 0.0941 45.00 4.24 34.56 14.21 CS 46 24 17. 32 C=120 11.00 9.50 Q=K*SQR (P) : P= 9.5 9 1.049 0.00 0.00 K= 5.620 V 6.43 17.32 0.0997 11.00 1.10 18.30 C=120 3E 3.0 26.00 10.60 K= 5.620 P= 10.60 10 1.380 1T 6.0 15.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 7.64 35.62 0.0995 41.00 4.08 35.62 14.68 CS 47 25 17.86 C=120 11.00 10.10 Q=K*SQR(P): P= 10.1 11 1.049 0.00 0.00 K= 5.620 V 6.63 17.86 0.1055 11.00 1.16 L r xxa:r HYDRATEC, INC. JOB- BLUE BELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22039 DATE 8-29-02 PAGE S r:************WORK ROOM DESIGN AREAri•c HYDRLC. QA C" EQUIV. PIPE PT PT REF. FLOW DIA. FITTING FTGS. PE PV NOTES *¢ POINT QT LOSS/F LENGTHS TOT. PF PN 18. 86 C=120 3E 3.0 25.00 11.26 N-5.850 P= 11.26 12 1.380 1T 6.0 15.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 7.87 36.72 0.1053 40.00 4.21 36.72 15.47 CS 48 26 19. 05 C=1 S0 6.00 11.49 Q=K*SQR (P ): P= 11.49 1.3 1.049 0.00 0.00 K= 5.620 V = 7.07 19.05 0.1189 6.00 0.71 15. 63 C=1E0 SE 3.0 23.00 12.20 K= 5.620 P= 12.20 14 1.380 IT 6.0 15.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 8.29 38.68 0.1159 38.00 4.41 38.68 16.61 CS 49 27 16.76 C=120 11.00 8.89 Q=K*SQR(P): P= 8.89 1 1.049 0.00 0.00 K= 5.620 V = 6.22 16.76 0.0938 11.00 1.03 17.70 C=120 3E 3.0 25.00 9.92 K= 5.620 P= 9.92 2 1.380 1T 6.0 15.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 7.39 34.46 0.0936 40.00 3.75 0.00 C=1 20 12.50 13.67 QA= 0.00PT= 13.67 21 2.635 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 2.03 34.46 0.0040 12.50 0.05 33.93 C=120 9.17 1.3.75 QA= 33.93PT= 13.72 22 2.635 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 4.02 68.39 0.0142 9.17 0.13 34.46 C=130 12.00 13.85 QA= 34.46PT= 13.35 23 2.635 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 6.05 102.85 0.0303 12.00 0.36 3 4. 55 C=120 9. 00 14. 21 QA= 34. 55PT= 14.21 24 2.635 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 8.08 137.40 0.0518 9.00 0.47 35.62 C=120 10.00 14.68 QA= 35.62PT= 14.68 25 2.635 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 10.18 173.02 0.0794 10.00 0.79 7c C=120 10. 00 15.47 QA=36. 72PT= 15.47 26 2.635 0.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 12.33 209.74 0.1133 10.00 1. 13 HYDRATEC, INC.a arr ca JOB- BLUE BELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22039 DATE 8-29-02 PAGE 3 z******************-***WORK ROOK) DESIGN AREA***************************** HYDRLC. DA C" EQUIV. PIPE PT PT REF. FLOW DIA. FITTING FTGS. PE PV **}** NOTES **** POINT OT LOSS!F LENGTHS TOT, PF PN 38.68 C=120 2E 6.0 62.50 16.61 QA= 38.68PT= 16.61 27 2.635 12.00 7.00 VELOCITY = 14.61 248.42 0.1550 74.50 11.55 PE= FOR HT. OF 16.1 0.00 C=120 1E 6.0 11.00 35.16 O. 00PT= 35.16 TWR 2.635 1T12.0 24.00 0.00 VELOCITY = 14.61 248.42 0.1550 a.00F. 35.00 5.4,E 248.42 40.59 CS 50 BR 0.00 C=150 6E27.1 280.00 40.59 GA- 0.00FT= 40.59 BR 7.680 1T52.8 219.93 0.00 VELOCITY = 1.72 248.42 0.0005 4.00F. 499.93 0.28 248.42 40.87 CS 51 TEST HYDRATEC, INC. JOB- BLUE SELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22035 DATE B-29-02 PAGE 4 34.46 e!>>>>>>>>>>>>>e>>>>>>>>>1 16.76 34.46 33.s3 e2'>>>>>>>>>>>>>4>>>>>>>>>3 16.50 68.39 34.45 23 >>/>>>>>>>>>e>;=>>>>>>5 16.75 lea.es 34.E 24>>>>>>>>>>>>>S>>>>>>>>>7 16.80 137.40 35.62 25>>>>>>>>4\1>>>1\1a>>>>>>>>g 17,3e l73.az 36.72 2§>>>>>>>>>>>>>12>>>>>>>>11 17.86 209.74 38.68 27>>>>>!>>>>>>>14>>>>>>>>!3 l9.es 248.42 TWR SR TEST sx xxnz r HYDRATEC, INC.a x JOB— BLUE BELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22039 DATE 8-29-02 PAGE 5 k••••••x••••-•x••WATER ANALYSIS-•*•:•r•;•••••••••*••••# FOR •— L=kL—ESE EtiELL— GREAMER I ES DENSITY X AREA 0.150 X 1500.00 = 225.00 OVERAGE = 23.42 GPM = 23.42 RACKS — 0.00 INSIDE HOSES — 0.00 OUTSIDE HOSES = 250.00 FLOW REDID FOR SYSTEM = 248.42 FLOW AT BASE OF RISER = 248.42 MIN FLOW AT BASE OF RISER = 248.42 TOTAL FLOW = 498.42 STATIC PRESSURE = 78.00 RESIDUAL PRESSURE = 58.00 RESIDUAL FLOW = 1205.00 FLOW FROM CITY SUPPLY AT 2OPSI = 2143 GPM PRESSURE FROM CURVE @ TOTAL FLOW — 74.09 ELEVATION = 0.00 FOOT = 0.00 NO. DIA "C" LENGTH FACTOR + FLOW PF FLOW VELOCITY ADDITIONAL VALVE LOSS, ETC. — 5.00 SAFETY MARGIN _ 0.00 PRESSURE AVAILABLE FOR SYSTEM = 69.09 11 x z x x HYDRATEC, INC. JOB- BLUE BELL CREAMERIES JOB NO 22039 DATE 8-29-02 PAGE & x ********•***WATER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC*******************.Y..*****• *** STATIC PRES. 78. 000 F'SI S U P L Y C U R V E PRES. AVAILABLE ! 74.093 PSI SAFETY MARGIN 3 PSI v SYSTEM DEMAND- --------------* t-- FLOW AVAILABLE ! 248.42 GPM / 250 GPM HOSE '' 1'683.55 GPM ' E ! TOTAL DEMAND ! V ! 40.870 PSI AT! 498.42 GPM ! 1 U -•---------------- C RESIDUAL PRES.-)* 58.000 F'SI AT ! i D 1205.00 GPM N M 2142.55 GPM• * ! E AT 20.000 PSI ! D 5.630 PSI (ELEVATION) FLOW (GPM) FLOW SUMMARY SYSTEM FLOW 248.42 GPM OUTSIDE HOSE 250.00 GPM TOTAL DEMAND 498.42 GPM April 14, 2000 319 a A. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Refer to Figure 1 on page 319 c.) Viking Electric/Pneumatic Double- Inter- locked Preaction Systems utilize a Vi- king deluge valve (A.1) controlled by a pneumatic actuator (F.1), normally held closed by supervisory pressure main- tained in the automatic sprinkler system AND a normally closed electric solenoid valve (F.2) controlled by an approved system control panel (F.4) with compati- ble detection system (F.5). BOTH the electric detection system must activate AND supervisory pres- sure must be relieved from the sprinkler system before the deluge valve will open to fill the sprinkler system with water. If the electric detection system (alone) op- erates due to fire, damage, or malfunc- tion, an alarm will activate, but the deluge valve will NOT open. If the sprin- kler piping is damaged or a sprinkler is broken or fused, but the detection sys- tem has not activated, an alarm will acti- vate, but the deluge valve will NOT open. In fire conditions, operation of both the detection system and a sprinkler is re- quired before the deluge valve will open, allowing water to enter the system pip- ing. Electric/Pneumabc Double -Interlocked Preaction Systems are commonly used as refrigerated area systems. They are also commonly used where flooding of the pipe can have serious conse- quences, and where it is important to control accidental water discharge due to damaged sprinkler piping. Care should be taken because Double - Interlocked Preaction Systems may not produce flow from opened sprinklers as. quickly as Single- or Non -Interlocked Preaction Systems. Activation of the de- tection system alone or operation of a sprinkler alone will sound an alarm, but will NOT cause the system to fill with wa- ter. FACTORY MUTUAL APPROVAL Viking Electric/Pneumatic Double -Inter- locked Preaction Systems are Factory Mutual (FM) Approved as a refrigerated area system when installed with specific components. Refer to current FM Ap- proval Guide. Consult the manufacturer for any component approvals too recent to appear in the FM Approval Guide. Form No. F 070889 B. SYSTEM OPERATION Refer to Figure 1 on page 319 a) In the SET condition: System water supply pressure enters the priming chamber of the deluge valve A.1) through the 1/4" (8 mm) priming line, which includes a normally open priming valve (B.1), strainer (B.2), re- stricted orifice (B.3), and check valve BA) and normally closed PSOV (B.10) for Easy Trim option. In the SET condi- tion, water supply pressure is trapped in the priming chamber by the check valve BA) , normally closed PSOV (B.10) for EZ Trim option, and BOTH the pneu- matic actuator (F.1) and the normally closed solenoid valve (F.2). The water supply pressure trapped in the priming chamber holds the deluge valve clapper closed, keeping the outlet chamber and system piping dry. In a fire condition: In a fire condition, when the detection system (F.5) operates, the system con- trol panel (F.4) energizes the solenoid valve (F.2) open. Alarms activate, but the deluge valve will NOT open until a sprinkler opens, relieving supervisory pressure from the sprinkler system. When a sprinkler opens, supervisory pressure in the sprinkler piping is re- duced, causing the pneumatic actuator F.1) to open. After BOTH the electric detection system activates AND super- visory pressure in the sprinkler system have been lost, pressure is released from the priming chamber to open the drain cup (B.14) faster than it is supplied through restricted orifice (B.3). The de- luge valve clapper opens to allow water to flow into the system piping and alarm devices, causing the water motor alarm C.2) and water flow alarms connected to the alarm pressure switch (C.1) to ac- tivate. An optional accelerator (F.6) may be in- stalled to accelerate -pressure loss from the sprinkler system to provide earlier alarms and/or allow the system to fill with water faster. An accelerator (F.6) may be necessary to meet system dis- charge time requirements. For Conventional Deluge Valve Trim: Refer to Figure 1.) When the deluge valve operates, the sensing end of PORV (B.10) is pressur- ized, causing the PORV to operate. When the PORV operates, it continually vents the priming chamber to prevent the deluge valve from resetting even if the releasing devices (F.1 and F.2) close. The deluge valve can only be re- set after the system is taken out of ser- vice, and the outlet chamber of the de- luge valve and associated trim piping are depressurized and drained. For Deluge Valve Easy Trim: (Refer to Figure 2.) When the deluge valve operates, the sensing end of PSOV (B.10) is pressur- ized, causing the PSOV to close. When the PSOV closes, it shuts off the flow of priming water pressure to the priming chamber, preventing the Deluge Valve A.1) from resetting even if the open re- leasing devices close. The deluge valve can only be reset after the system is taken out of service, and the outlet chamber of the deluge valve and associ- ated trim piping is depressurized and drained. Trouble conditions: If a sprinkler opens prior to operation of the detection system (F.5), or any time supervisory pressure in the sprinkler piping is lost, alarms connected to the air supervisory switch (E.3) will signal a low air pressure condition, but the de- luge valve will NOT open. If the electric detection system (alone) operates due to damage or malfunction, alarms connected to the system control panel (F.4) will activate, but the deluge valve will NOT open. Manual Operation: Any time the handle inside the emer- gency release (B.11) is pulled, pressure is released from the priming chamber; the deluge valve will open. Water will flow into the system piping and alarm devices (C.1 and C.2). If a sprinkler head opens, water will flow from the sys- tem. For Technical Data, Installation, Maintenance and Testing Instructions for individual system components, efer to current Viking Technical Data describing individual components of the Preaction System used. Viking Technical Data may be found on The Viking Corporation's Web site at http://www.vikingcorp.com. The Web site may include a more recent edition of this Technical Data page. Replaces page 319 a-d, dated July 30, 1998 Added Deluge Easy Trim Schematic on page 319d and updated text.) 319 b April 14, 2000 C. INSTALLATION Refer to current Viking technical data describing individual components of the Viking Electric/Pneumatic Double -Inter- locked Preaction System. Technical data describing the Viking deluge valve and other system components are packed with product and in the Viking Engineering Design Data book. Also, refer to applicable installation standards, codes, and Authorities Hav- ing Jurisdiction. Important Settings: Also refer to Table 1 on page 319 b.) 1. Provide a minimum 30 PSI (207 kPa) pneumatic pressure to the closed sprinkler system and the pneumatic actuator (E.1) for system water pres- sures of 175 PSI (1 207 kPa) or less. For system water pressures above 175 PSI, up to a maximum of 250 PSI 1 724 kPa), provide a minimum of 50 PSI (345 kPa) pneumatic pressure to the sprinkler system and the pneu- matic actuator (E.1). 2. Set the air compressor air pressure supervisory switch (G.2) to maintain a constant air supply of 40 PSI (276 kPa) for system water pressures of 175 PSI (1 207 kPa) or less. For sys- tem water pressures above 175 PSI, up to a maximum of 250 PSI (1 724 kPa), set the air compressor air pressure supervisory switch (G.2) to maintain a constant air supply of 60 PSI (414 kPa). 3. Set the air maintenance device (G.6) to maintain a constant air supply of 30 PSI (207 kPa) for system water pressures of 175 PSI (1 207 kPa) or less. For system water pressures above 175 PSI, up to a maximum of 250 PSI (1 724 kPa), set the air compressor air pressure supervisory switch (G.2) to maintain a constant air supply of 50 PSI (345 kPa). 4. Set the air pressure supervisory switch (E.3) to activate at 25 PSI (172 kPa) on pressure drop for system wa- ter pressures of 175 PSI (1 207 kPa) or less. For system water pressures above 175 PSI, up to a maximum of 250 PSI (1 724 kPa), set the air pressure supervisory switch (E.3) to activate at 45 PSI (241 kPa) on pres- sure drop. Air pressure supervisory switch (E.3) should be wired to acti- vate an alarm to signal a low air pres- sure condition. Activation of an alarm to signal a high-pressure condition TABLE 1 IMPORTANT SETTINGS WATER SUPPLY PRESSURES Up to ITS PSI (1 207 kPa) SET TO MAINTAIN 175 PSI (1 207 kPa) to 250 PSI (1 724 kPa) SET TO MAINTAINDEVICE r ompressor' n/ witch ( .) 40 PSI276 a 60 PSI (414 a) r Maintenance Device I F 50 PSI (345 kPa) Release System Pressure Supervisory Switch (E.3) 25 PSI (172 kPa) On Pressure Drop I 45 PSI (310 kPa) On Pressure Drop may be required. Refer to applicable installation standards and the Au- thority Having Jurisdiction. 5. Alarm pressure switch (C.1) should activate when pressurized to 4 to 8 PSI (27 to 55 kPa) on pressure rise. Alarm pressure switch (C.1) should be wired to activate the water flow alarm. Air Supply Design: The air supply compressor should be sized to establish total required air pres- sure in 30 minutes. The air supply must be regulated, restricted, and maintained automatically. Air maintenance device G.6) is used to regulate and restrict the flow of supervisory air into the sprinkler system piping. The air supply must be regulated to maintain the supervisory pressure de- sired in the sprinkler piping. Pressures in excess of the pressure settings recom- mended in paragraph C: "Installation", may affect operation of the system. The air supply must be restricted to en- sure that the automatic air supply cannot replace air as fast as it escapes when a sprinkler operates. It is recommended practice to provide an inspector's test connection on the su- pervised sprinkler piping. The sprinkler system inspectors test connection should terminate in an orifice equal to the smallest sprinkler orifice provided. The inspectors test connection should be equipped with a ball valve (normally locked closed) capable of being opened to simulate the opening of a sprinkler, and should be installed at the most hy- draulically demanding location of the system. Inspectors test connections may be used to verify that the automatic air supply cannot replace air as fast as it escapes when a sprinkler operates. Re- fer to paragraph F. INSPECTIONS and TESTS. Speed of Operation: An optional accelerator (F.6) may be in- stalled to accelerate pressure loss from the sprinkler system to provide earlier alarms and/or allow the system to fill with water faster. An accelerator (F.6) may be necessary to meet system dis- charge time requirements. D. EMERGENCY INSTRUCTIONS Refer tD Figure 1 on page 319 a) To Take System Out of Service: WARNING: Placing a control valve or detection system out of service may eliminate the fire protection capabilities of the system. Prior to proceeding, notify all Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Con- sideration should be given to employ- ment of a fire patrol in the affected areas. After a fire, verify that the fire is OUT and that placing the system out of service has been authorized by the appropriate Authority Having Jurisdiction. 1. Close the water supply valve (13.1). 2. Open the system main drain (13.3). 3. Silence alarms (optional). a. To silence electric alarms con- trolled by Viking Par-3 Release Control Panel (F.3), open the panel and press ALARM SI- LENCE" b. To silence electric alarms con- trolled by the pressure switch C.1) and to silence the water mo- tor alarm (C.2), close the alarm shut-off valve (13.9). Note: Electric alarms controlled by a pressure switch installed in the %" 15 mm) NPT connection for a Non -interruptible alarm pressure switch cannot be shut off until the de- luge valve is reset or taken out of ser- vice. 4. Shut off the air supply (optional). 5. Open the auxiliary drain (13.6). 6. Close the priming valve (B.1) (op- tional). Sprinkler systems that have been sub- jected to a fire must be returned to ser- vice as soon as possible. The entire sys- tem must be inspected for damage, and repaired or replaced as necessary. 7. Replace any detectors (F.5) that have been damaged. Continued on page 319 e.) 3 9 d, J April 14, 2000 CA F.5 r POINT A F.6 O F,7 WLY[ VW TO K® oval MODEL E FA G.2 ACCELERATOR i - I ( OPTIONAL) G.3 "a G".4 G.1 O G.4 G.6 r\ 13.7 Point A G.5 G.4 E.3 i. E 2 i 11idy. F.1 I B.1 ^ I B.3 B.2 I B.4 I 8.10 I I I IIIII 3 B.12 I j I I I I IIIIIE.tI I I A.1 I J B.14'q DT n I D.1 i B.154 IC >1J Dashed lines indicate pipe required but not listed in " System Components Table. Dashed lines indicate electrical detection system wiring required but not listed in "System Components Table. For additional wiring requirements refer to technical for components used. DOUBLE INTERLOCKED PREACTION ELECTRIC/ PNEUMATIC A SUPERVISED DRY SYSTEM CONTROLLED BY ELECTRIC RELEASE SYSTEM and PNEUMATIC SUPERVISORY PRESSURE SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Valve A. 1 Deluge Valve B. Deluge Valve Easy Trim* See Deluge Valve Easy Trim Charts) BA Priming Valve (Normally Open) B. 2 Strainer B. 3 1/16' Restriction 8. 4 Spring Loaded Check Valve B. 5 Alarm Test Valve (Normally Closed) B. 6 Auxiliary Drain Valve (Normally Closed) B. 7 Drip Check Volvo 8. 8 Drip Check Volvo 8. 9 Alarm Shut -Off Valve (Normally Open) BAD Pressure Shut -Off Valve (P.S.O.V.) B. 11 Emergency Release B. 12 Priming Pressure Water Gouge and Valve 9. 13 Water Supply Pressure Gouge and Valve B. 14 Drain Cup B. 15 Flow Test Valve (Normally Closed) C. Water Flow Alarm Equipment CA Alarm Pressure Switch and/or C. 2 Water Motor Alarm (Strainer Required) C. 3 Strainer C. 4 Electric Alarm Bell D. Riser DA Water Supply Control Valve D. 2 Easy Riser wCheck Valve or rubber sealed check valve D. 3 Sprinkler System Main Drain D. 4 90'EII. (Grooved Ell Shown. Deluge Volve also available with Flanged Outlet.) E. Supervisory Air Supply E. 1 System Pressure Gouge and Valve E. 2 Soft Seat Swing Check Volvo E. 3 Air Pressure Supervisory Switch F. Release System F. 1 Pneumatic Actuator F. 2 Solenoid Valve (Normally Closed) F. 3 Electric/Pneumatic Release Module Trim F. 4 System Control Panel F. 5 Electric Detection System. Hoot Detector shown for clarity. F. 6 Accelerator (Optional. See Inset.) F. 7 Accelerator Isolation Valve. (See Inset.) G. Air Supply GA Automatic Air Supply. Air Compressor and Tank shown for clarity. G. 2 Air Supervisory Pressure Switch Compressor On/Off Control Switch) G. 3 Soft Scot Check Valve C. 4 Shut Off Valve Indicating Boll Valve recommended.) G. 5 Dehydrator G. 6 Air maintenance Device do By-Poss Trim G. 7 1/2" x 1/4' Reducing Coupling Viking Deluge Volve Trim Packages contain items B.1 through B.15 and associated nipples. Viking Accessory Package for Conventional Deluge Valve Trim conloines B.2 through B.5. B.7 through 0.11 and B.14. Double Interlocked Preaction with Easy Trim Figure 2 April 14, 2000 319 e 8. Replace any sprinklers that have opened, been damaged, or have been exposed to fire conditions. 9. Perform all maintenance procedures recommended in technical data de- scribing individual components of the system that has operated. 10. Return the system to service as soon as possible. Refer to E: PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE. E. PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE (Refer to Figure 1.) Note: Refer to instructions provided in technical data describing the Viking de- luge valve and other system compo- nents. To Return the System to Service: 1. Verify that the system has been prop- erly drained. System main drain (D.3) and auxiliary drain (B.6) should be open. Verify that the emergency re- lease (B.11) is closed. 2. Close the system main drain (D.3). 3. Open the priming valve (13.1). 4. Reset the system control panel (F.4). For Viking Par-3 Release Control Panel, open the panel and press RESET". Solenoid valve (F.2) should close. Flow from the outlet of the pneumatic actuator (F.1) to the drain cup (B.14) should stop. The low -air alarm will activate. a. For Par-3 Release Control Panels, to silence the low -air alarm, open the panel (F.4) and press ALARM SILENCE. 5. Restore supervisory pressure to sprinkler piping. Establish and main- tain 30 PSI (207 kPa) or 50 PSI (345 kPa) as required by the pneumatic actuator (F.1). Refer to Section C: Installation". a. Verify that the Y2" valve in the air maintenance device (G.6) by- pass trim is closed and that both 1/4" valves are open. 6. Reset the system control panel (F.4). For Par-3 Release Control Panels, open the panel and press RESET. 7. Open the flow test valve (B.15). 8. Partially open the main water supply control valve (D.1) 9. When full flow develops from the flow test valve (B.15), close the flow test valve. b. Verify that there is no flow from the open auxiliary drain (6.6). 10. Close the auxiliary drain (6.6). 11. Fully open and secure the main wa- ter supply control valve (D.1). 12. Verify that the alarm shut-off valve B.9) is open and that all other valves are in their normal operating position. 13. Depress the plunger of the drip check (B.7). No water should flow from the drip check when the plunger is pushed. F. INSPECTIONS and TESTS It is imperative that the system be in- spected and tested on a regular basis. Refer to INSPECTIONS and TESTS recommended in current Viking technical data describing individual components of the Viking Electric/Pneu- matic Double -Interlocked Preaction System used. The frequency of the inspections may vary due to contaminated water sup- plies, corrosive water supplies, corro- sive atmospheres, as well as the condi- tion of the air supply to the system. For minimum maintenance and inspection requirements, refer to the National Fire Protection Association's pamphlet that describes care and maintenance of sprinkler systems. In addition, the Au- thority Having Jurisdiction may have ad- ditional maintenance, testing, and in- spection requirements that must be fol- lowed. WARNING: Any system maintenance which involves placing a control valve or detection system out of service may eliminate the fire protection capabilities of that system. Prior to proceeding, no- tify all Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Consideration should be given to em- ployment of a fire patrol in the affected areas. F.1 Low Air Pressure Alarm Test Quarterly testing of low air alarms is rec- ommended. To Test Sprinkler System "Low Su- pervisory Air" Alarm: 1. To prevent operation of the deluge valve and filling of the system with water during the test, DO NOT oper- ate the electric detection system dur- ing this test. Consider closing the main water supply control valve D.1). 2. Fully open the sprinkler system in- spector's test valve to simulate oper- ation of a sprinkler. 3. Verify that low air alarms operate within an acceptable time period and continue without interruption. 4. Close the inspector's test valve. 5. Establish recommended pneumatic supervisory pressure to be main- tained. Refer to paragraph C: IN- STALLATION. 6. Open the system control panel (F.4) and press RESET. Alarms should stop. When testing is complete, return the system to service following steps 1 through 9 below. Caution: This procedure applies only when done in conjunction with "Low Air" Alarm testing described above. 1. Verify that the pressure indicated on the priming pressure water gauge B.12) indicates that the priming chamber is pressurized with system water supply pressure. 2. Depress the plunger of the drip check B.7). No water should flow from the drip check when the plunger is pushed. If the main water supply control valve was NOT closed in step 1, proceed to step 8 below. If the main water supply control valve WAS closed in step 1, proceed with steps 3 through 9 below. 3. Open the flow test valve (B.15) and the auxiliary drain (13.6). 4. Partially open the main water supply control valve (D.1). 5. When full flow develops from the flow test valve (B.15), close the flow test valve. b. Verity that there is no flow from the open auxiliary drain (B.6). 6. Close the auxiliary drain (B.6). 7. Fully open and secure the main water supply control valve (D.1). 8. Verify that the alarm shut-off valve 13.9) is open and that all other valves are in their normal operating position. 9. Depress the plunger of the drip check B.7). No water should flow from the drip check when the plunger is pushed. F.2 Full Flow Trip Test Performance of a trip test is recom- mended annually during warm weather. Consider coordinating this test with op- eration testing of the detectors. Caution: Performance of this test will cause the deluge valve to open and the sprinkler system.to fill with water. If trip testing is considered unpractical, con- sult the Authority Having Jurisdiction. To trip test the Electric/Pneumatic Dou- ble -Interlocked Preaction System: 1. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdic- tion and those in the area affected by the test. 319 f April 14, 2000 2. To trip the deluge valve: a. Operate a detector according to the manufacturers instructions. b. Open the sprinkler system inspec- tor's test valve. 3. The deluge valve should open, filling the sprinkler system with water. a. Waterfiow alarms should operate. 4. Verify adequate flow from the sprin- kler system inspector's test valve within an acceptable time period. When Trip Testing is complete: 5. Perform steps 1 through 10 of para- graph "D" EMERGENCY INSTRUC- TIONS to take the system out of ser- vice. 6. Perform steps 1 through 13 of para- graph "E" PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE to return the system to service. 7. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdic- tion and those in the affected area af- fected that testing is complete. G. MAINTENANCE NOTICE: The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection system and devices in proper operating condi- tion. Refer to MAINTENANCE INSTRUC- TIONS provided in current Viking technical data describing individual components of the Viking Electric/Pneu- matic Double -Interlocked Preaction System used. Where difficulty in performance is expe- rienced, the valve manufacturer or his authorized representative shall be con- tacted if any field adjustment is to be made. Form No. F_070889 Replaces page 319 a-d, dated July 30, 1998 Added Deluge Easy Trim Schematic on page 319d and updated text.) April 24, 2000 Deluge 220 a 1. PRODUCT NAME Viking Model E-1 Deluge Valve 3" (80 mm) Available since 1985 4" (100 mm) Available since 1985 6" (150 mm) Available since 1984 2. MANUFACTURER THE VIKING CORPORATION 210 N. Industrial Park Road Hastings, Michigan 49058 U.S.A. Telephone: (616) 945-9501 877) 384-5464 Fax Number: (616) 945-9599 e-mail: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com 3. PRODUCT DESCRIPTION The Viking Model E-1 Deluge Valve is a quick -opening, differential diaphragm, flood valve with one moving part. The deluge valve is used to control wa- ter flow in deluge and preaction sprinkler systems. The valve is held closed by system water pressure trapped in the priming chamber, keeping the outlet chamber and system piping dry. In fire conditions, when the releasing system operates, pressure is released from the priming chamber. The deluge valve clapper opens to allow water to flow into the system piping. 4. TECHNICAL DATA Approvals: 90 Degree Pattern (inlet to outlet) For 250 PSI (1 724 kPa) WWP U.L. Listed Guide No. VLFT C-UL Listed FM Approved Consult current FM Approval Guide for acce table aDDlications. For 175 PSI (1 207 kPa) WWP Approved by the New York City Board of Standards and Appeals Calendar Number 219-76-SA ABS, American Bureau of Shipping LPCB Table 1 Size Valve Inlet Type Outlet Type Friction Loss" C„ Factor Shipping Weight Part No. 3" 80 rrm Flange. Groove 29 ft 8,8m 187 88 bs 30 05835C 3" 80 rrrn Flange. Flan • 29 ft. 8,8m 187 73 bs 33 05912C 4" 100 mm Flange, I Groove 35 ft 10,7m 470 112 Ibs 51 05839C 4" 100 mn Flange* Flange, 35 ft 10,7m 470 123 Ibs 58 05909C 8" 150 nrn Flan Groove 1 33 ft 10,1 m 10W 236 bs 107 o5458C 8" 150 mmFlan • Fla e' 33 ft 10.1 m 1088 251 bs 114 05906C Viking Model 61 Deluge Valves are available for use outside North America w Rh flanges drilled according to European PN10 specifications or Table 3 specifications. Contact rrenufaclurer for availability. Expressed in equivalent length of schedule 40 pipe based on Hazen 8 Wiliams formula. C = 120. Connections: Flanged inlet with flanged outlet or flanged inlet with grooved outlet — See Table 1 Factory tested to 500 psi (3 447 kPa) Valve differential over 2:1 (priming chamber to inlet chamber) Priming chamber supply restriction (re- quired): 0.0625" (1,6, mm) Color of Valve: Painted red for identifica- tion purposes Friction loss: Refer to Table 1 systems witn water working pres- sures above 175 PSI (1 207 kPa) may require extra -heavy pattern fittings. Viking Model-E-1 Deluge Valve flanges are Ductile Iron ANSI 1316.42 Class 150 with a max- imum water working pressure of 250 PSI. ANSI 616.42 Class 150 flanges are NOT compatible with ANSI Class 250 or Class 300 flanges. To mate the Model E-1 De- luge Valve with ANSI Class 250 or Class 300 flanges, use the grooved - outlet style valve, in- stalled with listed groove/flange adapters of the appropriate pres- sure rating. For piping with grooved connections, . the grooved - outlet style valve may be installed with listed grooved cou- plings of the appropriate pressure rating. Material Standards: Refer to Materials Chart (page 220 f) Ordering Information: Part Numbers: Refer to Table 1 Shipping Weight: Refer to Table 1 5. FEATURES a. Field replaceable Diaphragm and Seat Rubbers. b. Designed for installation in any posi- tion. c. Designed to be reset without opening the valve. d. Compatible with hydraulic, pneu- matic, and/or electric release sys- tems. 5a. Accessories: 1. A Conventional or Easy Trim pack- age for use with the Model E-1 De- luge Valve. The trim package in- cludes the VALVE ACCESSORY PACKAGE and the fittings and nip- ples shown on the Viking Deluge Valve Conventional or Easy Trim Chart for the valve used. Trim Charts . are provided in trim packages and the Viking Engi- neering and Design Data book. For optional factory assembled modular" trim packages, refer to the Viking list price schedule or contact the manufacturer. 2. A Deluge VALVE ACCESSORY PACKAGE includes required trim components. This package is needed when Viking Trim Packages are not used. 3. Auxiliary components are required for specific valve functions. For com- plete operating trim requirements re- fer to system data for the system used. System data is provided in the Viking Engineering and Design Data book. Note: For part numbers of accessories, refer to Viking list price schedule. 6. OPERATION (Refer to Figure 2) The Viking Model E-1 Deluge Valve has an inlet chamber, an outlet chamber, and a priming chamber. The inlet cham- ber and outlet chamber are separated from the priming chamber by the dapper 6) and diaphragm (2). In the set condition: System pressure is supplied to the prim- ing chamber through a restricted prim- ing line (trim) equipped with a check valve. System water supply pressure trapped in the priming chamber holds the clapper (6) on seat (9) due to area differential design. Clapper (6) sepa- rates the inlet chamber from the outlet Note: Units of measure in parentheses may be approximations. Replaces page 220 a-g, dated August 20, 1998. Form No. F 053096 (Added reference to Easy Trim and P.S.O.V.) Deluge 220 b April 24, 2000 chamber, keeping the outlet chamber and system piping dry. In fire conditions: When the release system operates, pressure is released from the priming chamber faster than It is supplied through the restricted priming line. Wa- ter supply pressure in the inlet chamber, forces the clapper (6) off from seat (9), allowing water to flow through the outlet and into the system and alarm devices. For Deluge Valves equipped with Conventional Trim: When the Deluge Valve operates, the sensing end of the PORV is pressur- ized, causing the PORV to operate. When the PORV operates, it continually vents the priming chamber to prevent the deluge valve from resetting even if the open releasing devices close. The Deluge Valve can only be reset after the system is taken out of service, and the outlet chamber of the deluge valve and associated trim piping is depressurized and drained. For Deluge Valves equipped with Easy Trim: When the Deluge Valve operates, the sensing end of the PSOV is pressurized, causing the PSOV to dose. When the PSOV closes, it shuts off the flow of priming water pressure to the priming chamber, preventing the Deluge Valve from resetting even if the open releasing devices close. The Deluge Valve can only be reset after the system is taken out of service, and the outlet chamber of the Deluge Valve and associated trim piping is depressurized and drained. T. AVAILABILITY AND SERVICE The Viking deluge .valve. and accesso- ries are available through a network of domestic, Canadian, and international distributors. For proper operation and approval, the valve must be trimmed in acwrdance With the current Viking Trim Chartforthe valve used. Where difficulty in perfor- mance is experienced, verify that the valve is trimmed properly. Contact Vi- king or Viking's authorized representa- tive before any field adjustments are made. See the Yellow Pages of the telephone directory for a local distributor (listed un- der " Sprinklers -Automatic- Fire") or con- tact The Viking Corporation. Viking Technical Data may be found on The Viking Corporation's Web site at httpJ/ www.v(kingcorp.com. The Web site may include a more recent edition of this Technical Data page. Pressure ' optional) B. 14 8., To Release - 8 2 Systerrn & 4 1 8.10 H. 1 1 E.3 &12 1 1 C1 9 1 I ( 15 mrn) &B B. 6 NPr for Non- MleraptobN I Alarm Presee 6.5 1 Switch ( Optional) &7 13 14 I To D.1 Drain Water J 3' r, 4% OR f- MODEL E-1 DEUCE VALVE VM coNVLNTIONAL TRIM TRIM COM ONENTS 0 6L1 = Voile plomday Open) 93 1/15' RowlAcled Orifice 4 Spring Looded Check Vole Alarm Tees VoM (himrawly Closed) 6 Wiary Drain Volvo nrw s (NoRlos y Ced) 7 Drip check vole B.D Droir Check Volvo 11 Norm Shut -Off Vole (Normally Open) f0 Pressure Operated Rorrof Volvo (P.ORV.) 11 Emergency Release L.12 P an Pressure WaterCoupdVale B3 wSupplySupplyPressure Gouge and VoM L1Drain Cup 15 Flop Tat Volvo (aimto y posed) D.1 rioter Supply Control Volvo VIUM Dekrge VOW Trim Packages contain Rams 1 through &15 and associated nippier. Wng Accessory Package for Corm nliordt Do" VOW Tflm contains 82 tivagh 8.5. &7 through 11.11, end 8.14. Dashed Ones Indicate pipe required but not provided In Conven6unol Trim Packages D.1 13.15 l/ water Diem Supply S., 4% OR e- 1IODEL E-1 DEUCE VALVE wIM EAST TRIP TRIM COYro"M p LI btr Volvo (Ion my Open) 8.3 1/1C Restricted office Lauded Check Volve M Alarm Spring Ted Vol+ (kes " Cloed) s An;DrOinhe Valro (Nwrrdly Closed) 7 DripCheek Ma LainCheckVolvo LD Norm Shot -Off Vale ( Norrrnssy open) Li y R.Opefoto0sha1-on var. (pSo.K) l L12 Per Pressure water sorus and Vol. L13 heater Supply Pressure Coup and Val. L14 pain Cup Llb new Tel Vale (Nombsy Moved) D.1 water Supply Control Vol. Viking D.lege Volvo Trin Poeko per Corbin ttsrrnp L1 through L15 and ssporI teat rn40 V"M Aecwoe7y P.ckopp forDeluge Volvo Eey Trim conloins L2 through MS. B.7 though LII. and L14. Dovisd Ores infKaW Pipe r.vuired but not provided in Fray Trim Poebges For electric, pneumatic, electric/pneumatic, pneumatic/ pneumatic and electric/pneu-lectric release, see the proper release module trim. Figure 1 S. GUAKANTEE5 For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Vi- king directly. 9. INSTALLATION Refer to Figure 1 for identification of trim components). 9-A General Instruction 1. Viking 3" (80 mm), 4" ( 100 m), and 6" 150 mm) Deluge Valves may be in- stalled in any position. a. Minor modification to trim may be required to facilitate drainage from the outlet chamber of the deluge valve (consult manufacturer). b. Certain trim devices may require the valve to be installed vertically. Refer to system data for the sys- tem used.) 2. The valve must be installed in an area not subject to freezing temperatures or physical damage. When Valve Trim Is used, to maintain listings and approvals, trim must be installed according to Viking Model E Deluge Valve Conventional or Easy Trim Charts specifically labeled "Max- imum 250 PSI Water Working Pressure." Refer to appropriate technical data page in the Viking Engineering and Design Data Book. April 24, 2000 Deluge 220 c 3. The valve must be trimmed according to current Viking Trim Charts and ap- propriate instructions for the system used. Trim Charts are printed in the Viking Engineering and Design Data book, and are provided with trim packages. a. Remove all plastic thread protec- tors from the openings of the de- luge valve. b. Apply a small amount of pipe -joint compound or tape to the external threads of all pipe connections re- quired. Take care not to allow any compound, tape, or other foreign matter inside any of the nipples or openings of the valve or trim com- ponents. c. Viking Model E Deluge Valve con- ventional or Easy Trim Charts are provided with Trim Packages and in the Viking Engineering and De- sign Data book. d. Verify that all system components are rated for the water working pressure of the system. Hydrostatic Test: The Model E-1 Deluge Valve is man-. ufactured and listed for use at a max- imum Water Working Pressure of 250 PSI (1724 kPa). The valve is fac- tory tested at 500 PSI (3 447 kPa). Model E-1 Deluge Valves maybe hy- drostatically tested at 300 PSI (2 069 kPa) and/or 50 PSI (345 kPa) above the normal Water Working Pressure, for limited periods of time (two hours) for the purpose of acceptance by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. If air testing is required, do not exceed 40 PSI (276 kPa) air pressure. Note: Never conduct the Hydrostatic Test against the Pressure Operated Relief Valve.(P.O.R.V.) Temporarily remove the P.O.R.V. from the trim and plug trim openings while con- ducting the Hydrostatic Test. Trim Note: (Refer also to System Data and/or Trim Chart) Discharge piping from the auxiliary drain valve, the flow test valve, and all system drains should be kept separate. DO NOT connect the outlet of the drip check to any other drain. Exception: Viking TotalPac Systems are manufactured with a speck ar- rangement of interconnected drain piping tested at the factory. 4. The priming line must be connected upstream of the system water supply main control valve or to a constant source of water at a pressure equal to the system water supply. 5. After the deluge valve is set, opera- tion of the deluge valve requires the release of priming water from the priming chamber. This may be by au- tomatic or manual operation of the re- lease system. Viking deluge valves are compatible with hydraulic, pneu- matic, and electric release systems. For specific trim arrangements, refer to Trim Charts and System Data de- scribing the system being installed. Trim Charts are printed in the Viking Engineering and Design Data book and are provided with trim packages. System Data sheets are printed in the Viking Engineering and Design Data book. a. Hydraulic Release Systems: See Graphs A through C (pages 220 h-i) for the maximum allow- able elevation of hydraulic re- lease piping above the deluge Valve. If the maximum height of hydraulic release piping exceeds the limit shown in Graph A, B, or C for the valve used, use a pneumatic or electric release sys- tem. b. Pneumatic Release Systems: A Viking Pneumatic Actuator is re- quired between the release sys- tem connection provided on de- luge valve trim and pneumatic re- lease system piping. c. Electric Release: Solenoid Valves, System Control Panels, and Electrical Detectors must be compatible. Consult ap- propriate listing and/or approval guides. Note: For operation at water pressures in excess of 175 PSI, a 250 PSI Rated Solenoid Valve must be used. Refer to appro- priate Viking Technical Data Page for type of system used. Caution: Operation of Viking Deluge Valves by pressurizing the priming chamber with air pressure or any other pressurized gas is not recom- mended or approved. 9-13. Placing the Valve in Service Refer to Figure 1 and/or appropriate Trim Charts and System Data for the system used.) For deluge valves equipped with Con- ventional Deluge Valve Trim follow steps 1 through 10 (and 11 & 12 if appli- cable) below. 1. Verify: a. The system Main Water Supply Control Valve (D.1) is closed and the Deluge Valve is trimmed ac- cording to current Viking Trim Charts and schematic drawings for the system used. b. The system has been properly drained. c. Auxiliary Drain (B.6) is open. d. The Emergency Release (B.11) is closed. e. The system water supply piping is pressurized up to the closed Main Water Supply Control Valve (D.1) and the priming line is pressurized up to the closed Priming Valve B.1). 2. For Systems equipped with: a. Hydraulic Release Systems: a-1. Verify that all releasing de- vices are set and that any In- spector's Test Valve and/or auxiliary drain valves are closed. a-2. Open Priming Valve (6.1). Allow the hydraulic release system to fill. When priming pressure gauge (B.12) indi- cates that the release piping and priming chamber pres- sure is equal to system sup- ply pressure, proceed to Step 3. a-3. Proceed to step 3. b. Pneumatic Release Systems: b-1. Set the release system. b-2. Open Priming Valve (B.1). b-3. Proceed to step 3. c. Electric Release Systems: c-1. Open Priming Valve (6.1). c-2. Set the electric release sys- tem. c-3. Proceed to step 3. 3. Open Flow Test Valve (B.15). 4. Partially open Main Water Supply Control Valve (D.1). 5. When full flow develops from the Flow Test Valve (13.15), close the Flow Test Valve. a. Verify that there is no flow from the open Auxiliary Drain (13.6). 6. Close Auxiliary Drain (13.6). 7. Fully open and secure the Main Water Supply Control Valve (D.1). 8. Verify that the Alarm Shut-off Valve B.9) is open and that all other valves are in their normal" operating posi- tion. 9. Depress the plunger of Drip Check B.7). No water should flow from the Drip Check when the plunger is pushed. 10. Check for and repair all leaks. 11. On new installations, those systems that have been placed out of service or where new equipment has been installed, trip test the system to verify Deluge 220 d April 24, 2000 that all equipment functions properly. Refer to MAINTENANCE paragraph 10-B-3: ANNUAL maintenance in- structions. Caution) Performing a trip test results in operation of the Deluge Valve. Water will flow into the sprinkler piping. Take neces- sary precautions to prevent damage. 12. After completing a trip test, perform SEMI-ANNUAL maintenance. For normal operating position, refer to Figure 2 page 220 b) and/or Trim Charts and System Data for the system used. 9-C. Valve Removed From Service Note: When a valve has been removed from service and is subject to freezing or will be out of service for an ex- tended period of time, all water must be removed from the priming cham- ber, trim piping, water supply piping, and other trapped areas. 10. INSPECTIONS AND TESTS Refer to Figure 2, page 220 b, for identi- fication of trim components). 10-A. Inspection It is imperative that the system be in- spected and tested on a regular basis. The frequency of the inspections may vary due to contaminated water sup- plies, corrosive water supplies, or corro- sive atmospheres. Also, the alarm de- vices, detection systems, or other con- nected trim may require a more frequent schedule. For minimum maintenance and inspection requirements, refer to the National Fire Protection Associa- tion's pamphlet that describes care and maintenance of sprinkler systems. In addition, the Authority Having Jurisdic- tion may have additional maintenance, testing, and inspection requirements that must be followed. The following rec- ommendations are minimum require- ments. (For additional information, refer to Viking Trim Charts and System Data describing systems with the release sys- tem used.) Weekly: Weekly visual inspection of the Viking Deluge Valve is recommended. 1. Verify that the Main Water Supply Control Valve (D.1) is open and that all other valves are in their normal" operating position and appropriately secured. 2. Check for signs of mechanical dam- age, leakage, and/or corrosive activ- ity. If detected, perform maintenance as required. If necessary, replace the device. 3. Verify that the valve and trim are ade- quately heated and protected from freezing and physical damage. For normal operating position, refer to Figure 1 page 220 b) and/or Trim Charts and System Data for the system used. 10-B. Tests Quarterly: Quarterly testing of water flow alarms and performance of a Main Drain Test is recommended and may be required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 10-B-1: Water Flow Alarm Test 1. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdic- tion and those in the area affected by the test. 2. To test the local electric alarm (if pro- vided) and/or mechanical water mo- tor alarm (if provided), OPEN the alarm test valve (13.5) in the Deluge Valve trim. a. Electric alarm pressure switches if provided) should activate. b. Electric local alarms should be au- dible. c. The local water motor gong should be audible. d. If equipped with remote station alarm signaling devices, verify that alarm signals were received. 3. When testing is complete, CLOSE the alarm test valve (131.5). Verify: a. All local alarms stop sounding and alarm panels (if provided) reset. b. All remote station alarms reset. c. Supply piping to water motor alarm properly drains. 4. Verify that the alarm shut-off valve B.9) is OPEN, and the alarm test valve (B.5) is CLOSED. 5. Verify that the outlet chamber is free of water. No water should flow from the drip check when the plunger is pushed. 6. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdic- tion and those in the affected area that testing is complete. 10-B-2: Main Drain Test 1. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdic- tion and those in the area affected by the test. 2. Record pressure reading from the wa- ter supply pressure gauge (B.13). 3. Verify that the outlet chamber of the deluge valve is free of water. No wa- ter should flow from the drip check B.7) when the plunger is pushed. 4. Fully OPEN the Flow Test Valve B.15). 5. When a full flow is developed from the Flow Test Valve (B.15), record the re- sidual pressure from the water supply pressure gauge (B.13). 6. When the test is complete, SLOWLY CLOSE the Flow Test Valve. 7. Compare test results with previous flow information. If deterioration of the water supply is detected, take ap- propriate steps to restore adequate water supply. 8. Verify: a. Normal water supply pressure has been restored to the inlet cham- ber, the priming chamber, and the release system. The pressure on the priming chamber water pres- sure gauge should equal the sys- tem water supply pressure. b. All alarm devices and valves are secured in normal" operating po- sition. 9. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdic- tion that the test is complete. Record and/or provide notification of test re- sults as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. For normal operating position, refer to Figure 1 page 220 b) and/or Trim Charts and System Data for the system used. 10-B-3: Annual Annual Trip Tests are recommended. Cautionl Performing this test results in operation of the deluge valve. Water will flow into the sprinkler piping and from any open sprinklers and/or nozzles. Take nec- essary precautions to prevent damage. 1. Notify the Authority Having Judsdic- bon and those in the area affected by the test. 2. Fully open the Flow Test Valve (B.15) to flush away any accumulation of for- eign material. 3. Close the Flow Test Valve (B.15). 4. Trip the system by operating the re- lease system. Allow a full flow to pass through the deluge valve. a. Waterflow alarms should operate. 5. When test is complete: a. Close the Main Water Supply Con- trol Valve (D.1). b. Close the Priming Valve (B.1). c. Open the Auxiliary Drain Valve B.6). d. Open all system main drains and auxiliary drains. Allow the system to drain completely. S. Perform SEMI-ANNUAL mainte- nance. Refer to paragraph 11-B SEMI-ANNUAL MAINTENANCE 7. Place the system in service. Refer to Item 9-B, INSTALLATION: PLACING THE VALVE IN SERVICE. a. Note: Deluge valves supplied by brackish water, salt water, foam, foam/water solution, or any other corrosive water supply should be April 24, 2000 Deluge 220 e flushed with good quality fresh wa- ter before being returned to ser- vice. 8. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdic- tion that the test is complete. Record and/or provide notification of test re- sults as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 11. MAINTENANCE Refer to Figure 2 on page 220 b for identification of trim components). NOTICE: The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection system and devices in proper operating condi- tion. The deluge valve must be kept from freezing conditions and.physical dam- age that could impair its operation. Where difficulty in performance is expe- rienced, the valve manufacturer or his authorized representative shall be con- tacted if any field adjustment is to be made. WARNING: Any system maintenance that involves placing a control valve or detection system out of service may eliminate the fire protection capabilities of that system. Prior to proceeding, no- tify all Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Consideration should be given to em- ployment of a fire patrol in the affected areas. 11-A. After Each Operation: 1. Sprinkler systems that have been subjected to a fire must be returned to service as soon as possible. The en- tire system must be inspected for damage, and repaired or replaced as necessary. 2. Deluge valves and trim that have been subjected to brackish water, salt water, foam, foam/water solution, or any other corrosive water supply should be flushed with good quality fresh water before being returned to service. 3. Perform SEMI-ANNUAL mainte- nance after every operation. 11-B. Semi -Annual Maintenance: 1. Remove the system from service. Refer to Deluge or Preaction System Data that describes systems with the release system used for additional in- formation.) a. Close the Main Water Supply Con- trol Valve (D.1) and Priming Valve B.1). b. Open the Auxiliary Drain Valve B.6). c. Relieve pressure in the priming chamber by opening the Emer- gency Release Valve (B.1 1). 2. Inspect all trim for signs of corrosion and/or blockage. Clean and/or re- place as required. 3. Clean and/or replace all strainer screens (including B.2). 4. Refer to Item 9-B, INSTALLATION: PLACING THE VALVE IN SERVICE. 11-C. Every Fifth Year 1. Internal inspection of deluge valves is recommended every five years un- less inspections and tests indicate more frequent internal inspections are required. Refer to DISASSEM- BLY instructions provided below. 2. Internal inspection of strainers and re- stricted orifices is recommended ev- ery five years unless inspections and tests indicate more frequent internal inspections are required. 3. Record and provide notification of in- spection results as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 11-D. Valve Disassembly Remove the valve from service. a. Close the Main Water Supply Con- trol Valve (D.1) and Priming Valve B.1). b. Open the Auxiliary Drain Valve B.6). c. Release the pressure in the prim- ing chamber by opening the Emergency Release Valve B.1 1). For 3", 4", or 6" Deluge Valve Disassembly Refer to Figure 2 on page 220 f) 1. Remove the valve from service (see the release system description and Technical Data for additional infor- mation). Close the main control valve, open the main drain valve. Re- lease the pressure in the priming chamber by opening the Emergency Release Valve. 2. Remove trim as required to allow re- moval of cover (3). 3. Remove screws (7). 4. Lift cover (3) from body (1). 5. Remove clapper assembly (Nos. 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, and 10) by lifting it from the body (1). 6. Inspect seat (9). If replacement is necessary, do not attempt to sepa- rate seat from body (1). It is not re- movable. 7. To replace the diaphragm rubber (2), remove the circle of screws (5). Re- move the clamp ring (4) and remove the diaphragm rubber (2). 8. To replace the seat rubber assembly 8), clapper assembly (2, 4, 5, 6, 8, and 10) must be removed .from the valve. Remove the circle of screws 10). Seat rubber assembly (8) can be removed. NOTE: Prior to installing a new clapper rubber (2) or seat rubber assembly (8), make certain that all surfaces are clean and free of foreign matter. The plated seat (9) must be smooth and free of nicks, burrs, or indentations. C. Valve Reassembly 1. Prior to reassembly flush the valve of all foreign matter. 2. To reassemble, reverse disassembly procedure. Deluge.220 f April 24, 2000 1/Z" (15mm) NPT Top 1 2 3 4 I 6 5 7 Priming C— Chamber — 10 9 8 NPT Top: Outlet Chamber I - — 3" Valve 3/4"(20mm) E i 4" a 6" Va. Inlet er 1" (25mm) Chamb NPT Top: V 11 15mm) 3" Vol 1- 1/4"(32mm) 1 - NPT Top 4" 3 6" Volvo 1 ` 3 places) 2" (50mm) F. F" I E I Iz" A D — Figure 2 SIZE A C D E F e Dimensions shown in parentheses are mm. 3" 7" 4-1/4 5-3/8" 7-1/2" 3/4" 80mm) 178) r6-1/2"5-1/4" 108) 137) 190,5) 19,05) e4"& 6" valves ore with 4" 9" 7" 9"15/16onuloctured 100mm) 229) 133) 178) 228,6)(23,81)sculptured rlonges. Dimension Indicates thickness o1 flange 6"12" 7" 9-1/8" 11" 1" 150mm) 305) 203) 178) 232) 279,4) 25,4) of boll holes. 3" 4" AND 6" MODEL E-1 DELUGE VALVE MATERIALS CHART AND REPLACEMENT PARTS ITEM NO. 3" PART NO. 4" PART NO. 6" PART NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL NUMBER REQUIRED 3" 4" 6" 1 B Ductile Iron 60-4418 1 1 1 2 02492C 02377E 01974C Diaphragm Rubber EPDM 1 1 1 3 07983 07984 07985 Cover Ductile Iron 60-40-18 1 1 1 4 Clam Ping Bronze UNS-C84400 1 1 1 5 1 4 6 Screw Stainless Steel 6 8 12 6 Clapper Ductile Iron 65-45-12 Teflon° Coated 1 1 1 7 2 5 7 Screw Steel 10 12 15 8 02497B 02382E 02176B Seat Rubber AssemblyEPDM/Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 1 1 1 9 Seat Bronze UNS-CB4400 1 1 1 10 4 Screw Stainless Steel 6 8 12 11 PI , W NPT Steel 1 1 1 Note: — Indicates replacement part not available. Indicates part is available in Sub-Assemblyonly—see Sub-Assemblylist. SUBASSEMBLY LIST 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, and 10 02491 B 02376B 05703E Clapper Assembly Phillips Drive Hound Head Screw, M. 10-24 x'/r" (12.7 rrrn) Lg. s Hex Head Cap Screw, W-13 x 1-1/2" (38,1 rrrn) Lg. 2 Hex Head Cap Screw,'/"-13 x 1-114" (31,8 rrrn) Lg. ° Hex Head Cap Screw, 3/8'-16 x 5B" (15,9 rtm) Lg. 3 Phillips Drive Fbund Head Screw, W. 10-24 x 318" (9,5 m-n) Lg. T Hax Head Cap Screw, 5/8'-11 x 1-314" (44,5 nTn) Lg. 4 Hex Head Cap Screw, 5/16"-18 x %" (12,7 rrrn) Lg. ° Hex Head Cap Screw, 3/8%16 x Y.' (12,7 rrrn) Lg. Table3 April 24, 2000 Deluge 220 g Dimensions 3", 4", & 6" (80mm, 100mm, 150 mm) Deluge Valve with Model E Deluge Valve Conventional Trim for 250 PSI WWP t— S W W Z J 1— O CL X Z X Q Dimensions 3". 4", & 6" (80mm, 100mm, 150 mm) Deluge Valve with Model E Deluge Valve Easy Trim for 250 PSI WWP 150 ft. (45.7 n)i - - - - ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---- r---- - - - - -- 1 --_-1 I 1 100 ft. C30,5 n> 140 ft. (42,7 n> ---___--i-----r-_--4-----------r---- ----- -- 1 1 500 ft. (152.4 n> I1000 ft. (304,8 n> 130 ft. C39,6 r.>i ---- ----y----L----1----1---- ---- ----'L----L---- 120 ft. C36,6 n>i--------t---- ---- i---------- -----i------ ---+-y 110 ft. C33,5 n>----i----i-----r----T---------r---- Ir---- ;-- --;-----;--iI1111111I1I (N100ft. C30,5 n> i----1-----i ----L---- ----J----- ---- --- ---L----1-----I--1 1 1 1 1 1 = 90 ft. (27.4 n) r---------II---------- i---------t--- ----- I 1 I 1 - y------- i LD U N 60 ft. C24.4 n>-------_ _^---r---I r----------1-- W J Z1I1111111IIIJ70ft, (21.3 n)1____J__J ¢ J 1 1 I 1 1 F-- ry 60 ft. C18.3 n> -----+----_-_-_--_--___-y-----1--y Z Q W1111III1111 , W} [A 50 ft. (15.2 n) r_—_—i--_—_i_ - - — — r- T--__—___r--_—;--_--i---_—r----;—_---li--1 O = W I I 1 1 140Ft. C12,2 n) L----1----1------'j----J-----L1____...L_---i'----1-___-1--1 > LL J C W 30 ft. C9.1 n> r-------- 1---- ---- i----+----r----y---- I 1 1 1 1 Q' I----+-y C3 20 ft. (6,1 n> r---- 1 _-i-----r-----___T___-r----i-----J-----r----i-_---Ir- Li I 1 I 1 I 1 1 I 1 1 1 I10ft. 113,0 n)--J----1----L-___1----J-----L----J------__-L---_1_---J--J1I1I1II11II1 0 ft. (0.D n) h---------t-----f----y----------1 1 I 1 I 1 1 1 . 120PSIi60PSI10DPSI140PSI180PSI220PSI 250 PSI130kPo) C414 kPo) (690 kPo) (965 kPo> C1 241 kPo> (1 517 kPo) CI 724 kPo) 40 PSI 80 PSI 120 PSI 160 PSI 200 PSI 24D PSIC276kPo> (552 kPo> (827 kPo) C1 103 kPo> C1 379 kPo) C1 655 kPo) SYSTEM SUPPLY PRESSURE Graph A Maximum Allowable Pilot Heights for Select Equivalent Lengths of Hydraulic Release PipingFor3" (80 mm) Model E-1 Deluge Valves with 1/16" (1,6 mm) Restricted Orifice Graph is based on W (15 mm) pilot sprinklers installed on (15 mm) Schedule 40 galvanized release system piping. If the maximum height of hydraulic release piping exceeds the limits shown on the graph, use pneumatic or electric release system. Deluge 220 h April 24, 2000 140 ft. (42.7 n- r-----T----r----r-------------r--------r----r--------r- I I I I I I I I t 1 I 1 100 Ft. (30,5 n) 130 ft. (39.6 n) ---- ---- -L---- }----i----- ----- }--------------}-------- - I 500 ft. (152,4 n) W I I I I I I I I I I t 1000 ft. (304,8 n) 2 120 ft. (36,6 --___---- 4 I I I I 1 1 1 I 1 I 1 1 W 110 ft. (33,5 rJ 1 I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 J100 ft. C30,5 n) i ---- ----- ---------1---- - i------- - 1 - I 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 N F. 90 ft. C27.4 n)F----1----+----L----•+--------------- - +----L----4-----+--4 '_ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 I 1 I t 1 1 1 1 BO it. (24.4 n>i ---- i-----r----i----i----T----r - I----- r-----r---------t-- 0 H 1 1 1 1 1 Z n- 70 ft. C21.3 n) ---------- L----}----=---- ------------}----J---- L WL~ ZII1I- 1 1 1 1 1 J J11IIII11II11 60 ft. C18.3 n> -(--a Q -JD111I1I11I1III— IXiII1II1I11I150ft. (15.2 n> r---- t-----t-----r-- ----r----r----Y----•------r--------t- Z Q C'J X I I I 1 I 1 I I I I I I I W H Q 40 ft. (122 n) L1 ---- - ---LI --- I I L1 ---- - ---L ---- }--- 1 ---- J -J _J= W1 1 I 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 30 ft. C9,1 n) (----1---- --L-----1---- - ---- --------+----L----4----.J--a L J O W 1 1 1 I I I 1 I 1 I I 1 1 E20ft. (6.1 n> r------T----r-------------r--------T----r---------r-i C311111 ----I 1 I I I 1 I W I 1 1 1 I I 1 1 I I I I 1 0 ft. (0.0 n)F----4----+--------4----+----+----;----+--------4----+-+ 1 1 I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 20 SI 60 PSI 100 PSI 140 PSI 180 PSI 220 PSI 250 PSI C138 kPtt) C414 kPa) C690 kPa) (965 kPa) CI 241 kPc0 C1 517 kPa) -(1 724 kPn) 40 PSI 80 PSI 120 PSI 16D PSI 20o PSI 240 PSI C276 kPn) (552 kPa) C827 kPo> (1 103 kPo> C1 379 kPn> (1 655 kPa) SYSTEM SUPPLY PRESSURE Graph B Maximum Allowable Pilot Heights for Select Equivalent Lengths of Hydraulic Release Piping For 4" (100 mm) Model E-1 Deluge Valves with 1116" (1,6 mm) Restricted Orifice Graph is based on 1/Y (15mm) pilot sprinlem installed on 1/2' (15mm) schedule 40 galvanized release system piping. If the maximum height of hydraulic release piping exceeds the limits shown on the graph, use Pneumatic or Electric Release System. 170 ft. (51.8 N r--------T----r-------- r---- r---- n----- r----r--------T- 1 I 1 1 I I I I I 1 1 1 100 ft. (30.5 N 160 ft. Ua,7 N i ---- }----J--------_ ---- i-----L ----'I-----L---4---- ---- 500 ft. (I52.4 n) I 1 1 I 1 1 1 I I I I Iwo ft, (3D4.e N 150 ft.(45.7 N L----J---------L----a-----I-----L----J-----1-----L----- - -J 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1140ft. (42.7 Nr---- ----- ____r---- ____T____r_ ------- 130 1 1 1 1 1 I----1 1 1 1 1 1 W I I 1 1 I 1 1 I I 1 I 1 S 120 Ft. (36.6 niF----J____-- 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 I I I I 1 WI10 it. (33.5 Nr---- '+----- F-----r---- -1----t----r---- y------ r-----------r-- Z J 100 ft. (30.5 N --------------} -------- i -- ---------}----------- i S I I 1 1 I I I I 1 1 1 1 H F.. 90 ft. C27.4 ----------- -_J____ I---_ l.7 yIIIII11I11IIZUWOI11IIIII1111e0ft. C24.4 N r---- n----T----r---- '1----r r---- I----T----r---------- L+I J Z I 1 I I I-J r.., CL 70 ft. (21.3 N i ----{--------} ---- -- ---- ---- -----L ----}---- j-----j-- Q J I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 ~ Cr Z 60 ft. (10.3 n) L____i--______L_____l__-_L-___J____.y____L____./____1_.1 Z 0 W Z I 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 I 1 1 I O= W50ft. C15,2 n) r--------T---- ----- T----r---------T----r---------t- X I 1 1 1 1' I I I I I I 1 Q 40 ft. (12.2 N L --------1----J ----L-------J----- ---1----J J > W J Z I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Q' 30 it. (9.1 N L____J-______L____4__-_-L____L__-_J____+-___L__-_J____.L- (3111IIIII11111W 20 it. (6.1 n> r------T---- r---- r---- T- I 1 ILL10it. (3.0 n) _-- -----1-1---- r---- 1__--J L----'I-----L--------1--_-J J I 1 1 I 1 1 i I I I I 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 20ISI 1 60 PSI 100 PSI 140 PSI 180 PSI i 220 PSI 250 PSI 130 kPo> (414 kPo) (690 kPn> (965 kPo) • (1 241 kPo) (1 517 kPn) •(1 W PSI 40 PSI BO PSI 120 PSI 16D PSI 200 PSI 240 PSI 276 kPa) (552 kPo) (e27 kPn) 0 103 kPa) Cl 379 kPa) (1 655 kPo) SYSTEM SUPPLY PRESSURE Graph C Maximum Allowable Pilot Heights for Select Equivalent Lengths of Hydraulic Release Piping For 6" (150 mm) Model E-1 Deluge Valves with 1/16" (1,6 mm) Restricted Orifice Graph is based on 1/2" (15 mm) pilot sprinklers installed on W" (15 mm) schedule 40 galvanized release system piping. If the maximum height of hydraulic release piping exceeds the limits shown on the graph. use Pneumatic or Electric Release System. meplaces page uu a-g, oaten August zu, iuuts. Form No. F 053096AddedreferencetoEasyTrimandP.S.O.V.) — Ts I..... . .... ....... EQUIPMENT ENGINEERED FOR FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS r, L ESIli AM M The *MNWZF =_ Dry Air Pac+" is a turnkey system designed to provide the sprinkler system with moisture free air to a -40 degree F dew point. The air compressor is designed to fill the sprinkler system to 40 PSIG in accordance with NFPA 13, as well as provide the higher pressure needed to allow the twin tower regener- ative air dryer to function properly. Prior to entering the regenerative air dryer, an air-cooled aftercooler cools the compressor's hot discharge air to a maximum 100 degrees F. A coalescing prefilter with differential pressure gauge removes oil vapor and other contaminants that can destroy the desiccant in the dryer towers. A combination particulate filter and regulator pre- vents downstream migration of desiccant dust while regulating air pressure to the sprinkler sys- Separate Desiccant Fill a Drain Parts for Easy Maintenance - Removable Intake Filler with — wealherhood Compact Air — cooled aftercooler tem. All components are pre -piped, pre -tested Prefilter mun and pre -wired for ease of mechanical and electri- Differential — cal installation on site. Unit includes UL/FM Pressure gauge approved Air Maintenance Device. -100' F dew point achievable - Consult Factory PRIVRE PRESSURE TANKS gibration Isolation ads Included I Integrated Electronic grain According to NFPA • 22 Air Compressors for Private Pressure Tanks are designed and rated to comply with the recommendations of the NFPA in Pamphlet #22. Available as base or tank model. MIN Integrated I'ontrof Panel Insures Pachage Performs to ipecification I90¢1r Meier Oversized Mufflers fot Quiet Discharges and tow Bie turessmre iDewpoint -jest, fort, 1 Ir3; Air IDutlet Combination Afferfilter anti 3egulalor 19t/EM air Viaineg6 a ace ?device Special Units can be furnished with explosion proof motors, together with pressure controls and motor controls to meet National Electrical Code Class I, Group D, Div. II hazards. BMW AIR COMPRESSORS For critical applications, HAU = Duplex Air Compressors with Automatic Alternation provide system back-up for no down -time. Reduces wear on both compressor pumps. XMER=PROOF COMPRESSORS Base and Tank Mounted units suitable for outdoor installation. Our En tiinc'c'rin ti Dc'lun tlnc'nt !s nvrrilnGl(' jO)' 1'C'CUI71171P11dQt1011 171161 1TU51LZ11 Of spccinl cnncl)ressnr units to nlec't !/Ulll' 1'C'1711ll'C'PIIC'17tS. Call us with your specifications. 604 JEFFERS CIRCLE 9 EXTON, PA 19341 OR MR PACTM SYSTEM MODEL CAPACITY NUMBER' GALLONS' 60 CYCLE 50 CYCLE MOTOR HP DIMENSIONS inches) L W H DAP500* 500 A 115V A 110V 2 44 23-1/2 69-1/2A230VA220V A 230V B 220V B 460V B 380V DAP1000* 1000 B 230V B 220V 5 44 23-1/2 69-1/2 B 460V B 380V DAP2000* 2000 B 230V B 220V 5 44 23-1/2 72-1/2 B 460V B 380V Specify Voltage and Phase When Ordering Add -50 to End of Model Number to Specify 50 Cycle MAGNETIC UNE'003- 8 THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION SINGLE PHASE* 115 VOLTS 208/230 VOLTS SIZE MODEL NO. THREE PHASE* 208/230 VOLTS 460 VOLTS SIZE MODEL NO. Maximum H.P. 1/3 H.P. 1 H.P. 00 MGOOA* Maximum H.P. 1-1/2 H.P. 2 H.P. 00 MG006* 1 H.P. 2 H.P. 0 MGXOA* 3 H.P. 5 H.P. 0 MGXOB* 2 H.P. 3 H.P. 1 MG01A* 7-1/2 H.P. 10 H.P. 1 MG01B* 3 H.P. 5 H.P. 1 P MG15A* Specify H.P., Voltage and Phase NOTES Page 2: * System pump up time based upon 701F system temperature. For other conditions, consult factory for specific pump up times. All wiring must comply with all state, local and N.E.C. requirements which take precedence over advertising information. Units must not exceed cycling four (4) times per hour and maximum 40% duty cycle. Consult factory for details. Page 3: * Motor and Pump assemblies only. 800- 345-8207 FAX 610-524-8965 0.7/31/02 12:04 FAX 817 222 8550 _- CARTER _& BURGESS R001 CarternBurgess FAX TRANSMITTAL PROJECT: Blue Bell Creameries Distribution Branch — Sanford, Florida TO: Mr. Bob Bott Deputy Building Official, Building Department City of Sanford Sanford, Florida cc: Mr. Steve Davis, Blue Bell Creameries cc: Mr. Erik Sharpe, Brasfield & Gorrie FROM: David Neely C&B Telephone Number (817) 222-8500 777 Main Street Fort Worth, Texas 76102 P.O. Box 901082 Fort Worth, Texas 76101-2082 Phone: 8117.222.8500 Fax: 817.222,8550 www.c-b.wTi PROJECT NO: 290868.031 FAX: 4071330-5677 979/830-2111 904/493-6066 DATE: July 31, 2002 C&B Fax Number: (817) 222-8550 Total number of pages transmitted, including this page 1 REMARKS: Dear Mr. Bott: sheet P-2. This design has been approved for all of the Blue Bell branches approximately 37 branches Prior to this a__ :- ---..... -[1 1. .-1..Wngh Mnii is not pvc pipe for iust a very short distance until it discharges directly into a hub drain installed in a same mechanical room as the air handling units If this were not allowed, a condensate puma would have to be installed to puma the condensate water outside the building, and this is not considered a reliable solution. Condensate pumps mmo i havefvie Pnhistory from Than You for our consideration of this variance request. k t { Sincerely. David Neel Carter & By ess C. - D.'Vwdw'M"ft~ BCD Bw"a&OngHVwlwbob.eo" Carter & Burgess, Inc. Cartw & Burgess Consuhants. Inc. Nixon & Laird Architects/Engineers. P.C. Nixon & Lalro Architects/Engineers. Inc. C&B Nevada. Inc. lip, ` L ' 02 CITY OF SANFORD PEPMT APPLICATION GC permit # 0 2 —19 3 3 Permit No.: Date: Job Address: 500 Gordon Street, Sanford, Florida 32771 Permit Type: Building Electrical Mechanical Plumbing X Fire Alarm/Sprinkler Description of Work: Underground fire main — from _POS to flange spigot piece Additional Information for Electrical & Plumbing Permits Electrical: _Addition/Alteration _Change of Service _Temporary Pole New AMP Service (# of AMPS ) Plumbing/Residential: Addition/Alteration New Construction (One Closet Plus Additional) Plumbing/Commercial: Number of Fixtures Number of Water & Sewer Drainage Lines Number of Gas Lines Occupancy Type: _Residential X Commercial _ Industrial Total Sq Ftg: 12 , 6 0 0 Value of Work: S 17 ,18 4 . 0 0 Type of Construction: Metal Flo6d Zone: Number of Stories: 1 Number of Dwelling Units: 1 Parcel No.: 2 7 —19 — 3 0— 5 0 4— 0 0 0 0— 0 0 5 0 (Attach Proof of Ownership & Legal Description) Owner/Address/Phone: Blue Bell Creameries, 'LP 1101 South Horton Street Brenham TX 77834-1807 Contractor/Address/Phone: Southern Fire Protection 3801 East State Road 46, Sanford 407-323-4206 Robert H. Caldwell, Jr. State License Number: 74072300011990 Contact Person: Tiffany Kirk _Phone&Fax Number: PH 407-323-4200 Fax 407-328-8931 Title Holder (If other than Owner): N/A Address: Bonding Company: N/A Address: Mortgage Lender: N/A Address: Architect/Engineer N/A Phone No.: Address: Fax No.: Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for ELECTRICAL WORK, PLUMBING, SIGNS, WELLS, POOLS, FURNACES, BOILERS, HEATERS, TANKS, and AIR CONDITIONERS, etc. OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY, IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be found in the public records of this county, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies. Acceptance of permit is verification that I will notify the owner of the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. Signature of Owner/Agent Print Owner/Agent's Name Date Signature of Notary -State of Florida Date Owner/Agent is _ Produced ID Personally Known to Me or 8/16/02 Signature of Contractor/ ent Date Robert H. Caldwell, Jr. Print Contractor/Agent's Name Signature of Notary -State of Florida Date CAROL ANNE MURCHISON Notary Public, Stale of Florida My comm. exp. July 11, 2005 Comm. No. DD 037233 Contractor/Agent is X Personally Known to Me or Produced ID APPLICATION APPROVED BY: Date: ff " Z 7 Z Special Conditions: 1 - 1 CITY OF SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT FEES FOR SERVICES PHONE # 407-302-1091 * FAX #: 407-330-5677 n <. '1 .7 . 7 t r1 DATE: BUSINESS ADDRESS: PHONE NO.: 323— 41a0a FAX NO.: 3,S?- R--e2Tz CONST. INSP. [ ] / 0 INSP.:[ ] REINSPECTION [ ] PLANS REVIEW F. A. [ ] F.S. Z7 HOOD [ ] PAINT BOOTH [ ] B RN PERMIT [ ] TENT PERMIT ] TANK PERMIT [ ] OTHER [ ] TOTAL FEES: $ J o (PER UNIT SEE BELOW) COMMENTS: S 5,&-r Address / Bldp,. # / Unit # Square Footage Fees per Bldg. / Unit 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Fees must be paid to Sanford Building Department, 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, FI. 32771 Phone # -407- 330-5656. Proof of Payment must be made to Fire Prevention division before any further services can take place. I certify that the above is true and correct and that I will comply with all applicable codes and ordinances of the City of Sanford, Florida. Sanford Fire Prevention Division 1 I Applicant's Sig atu e Aur14-02 04:08on FraaBRASFIELD i GDRRIE auC-06-67 83:55 PH 4078T0428T T-808 P.02/04 F-252 P.69 11115 ftillun111:N) rkvvkWW NJ. W1Mf ; NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT AWL Mn I rlwNo Ff :31,71 / T IE UNDERSIGNED herehr gives notice th tt t uptuverttts)t will be ntaJe it, cttain teal I'I'1l't'r y, and IIIaccvrdancr with Chapter 711. 17on.la 1lasurvn, the following snfi tmsaon is prow., J in Ihe, gorier of I . 1j; AcIipri'm of properly 3. c;rss.•ral dcK•rtpuon of intprovcmcnt. 1 E cR pss,4•o•Eiv1 Vt. ....._ --- - - 1 t >„urr lnfinsnsti.,rt: a. ! Name & Adtlrcrs: 7Zd7f -I V .7 1.. In crra In pr„Ihry. Natixd• !k .1d.1rr„6 nt foe nimlfls: uticholdrr ,thsa th sn uwnery' 4}. (:,s,sracu,r's Name dt A.Id[sw.: at4lfrer .. [.- 1 - - - - -• 90o srLnrAf'sl sr %ice. Jf .A«0!1rev ti-s?Tlt a. 1'hnrtr ttusnher:— Eo_ 14 -1;Pax nun)ber:7 p • i r. --- S. Sul,.sy lnfotn)th.n. IrE illtlll! a Name do Addcess--- _ _ . • _ ._ _.. _-- _ ._ _ . coil. r• t; MORE b Phone atunbcr:_ _ ..c. - Fax number:_..etEhK '; , ,+ a.i MUPT d. Am sunr of 13,n.I: _ .-_........._-• ---._...._... `; pt11ECaJK. Pt.OHM 6. l.v Met's Nano & AJJress. / X11CAT_-. _..... ___-- - - r" ;. _'• " •- a phuttc naml)er:_ . — h. Ntt 7 pe son within d)c 1tatc %of 1.10nJ,. Jv),Wsatcd by uwucr upon whum nutievv or othta 1 , I,, oNarnti may lie Adds erv_ as pruvislstil by 7 1.11(1) (a) 7 1 1.,rids >tur rErr+._ _ _ -r -- J &ms a . --I &A.jA - b. 1'lss>,tc m,n)lrer: . --..- .." t 1'Kx nantl,cr__._ N. In u.l.hru,r, to histsttelf, awact desigtsatcs...._,. _-- __-• - __-• •-• _ ,d: so t•s:eivc a owl,y of she l.unur's Nostee a, p.,,va1vd ns.Sertt.,ss 1;.1.3 1) {b), l lottiJa at:.t»sea a. Phtn>r number:—_ - - _ II. I sx nnn)her_ 9. 1. rsruirm date of Notice u((:r,mmenccmtnt (ncv exlnrnqun date is one (1) year frum the. dell• „f recording unless a different &%te I-. specified). 11wt111Mlogo I googol p1Ar f ANI- AsnadTtT of Owner)-- c/11 , 57' t/e ...L gv,s WE c at 1 is c 1wtT coon Sva., rn nd sub scr jl "-f.,tc vac 8 K 04476 PCs 1659 ris s_• _der nf_ . M22. , CLERRI S A :4GE98 6g7e JrlV F/ 011NIN po Knrsam r nz&/l 1). Shr n ... Mr vIIIt„r11"i„n capitct: O IT II IbId" wcowaeor"` o'0N" oattn Nvt a.f tw„n,es,o.rtartst.,ts.t:: tAOt.'tJMR-t u.Is,.t IrW'AI Y-r TTmptN„t:es of t'on,anrsee,srertt da• j SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, Fl. 32771 / P. O. Box 1788, Sanford, Fl. 32772 407 302-2520 / FAX (407) 330-5677 Pager (407) 918-0395 F D Plans Review Sheet Date: September 17, 2002 OCC. Ch. 42 Storage Occupancy /Fire sprinkler reaction wet system Business Name: 500 Gorden Street Contractor: Southern Fire Protection Ph. (407) 323-4200 Fax. (407) 328-8931 Engineer: Peter Tankel, P.E. Ph. (407) 657-5585 Reviewed [ ] Reviewed with comment [[ X ]] Rejected [] Reviewed by: Timothy Robles, Fire Protection Inspector/Plans Examiner Comment: Instillation of double pre -action and wet system suppression system 1.1 Application — Instillation of one (1) F/S commercial and light industrial fire alarm control panel> 1 1.2 Monitoring- Two dedicated phone lines required for fire department monitoring End of the line test switch box function test required Function test required to verify fire alarm monitoring 1 CITY OF SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT FEES FOR SERVICES HONE # 407-302-1091 * FAX #: 407-330-5677 ' 7,( DATE: 7 " PE #: - 2^J3(ao E / PROJECT: NAMJ BUSINESSADDRESS: rOO <V r o,,j PHONE NO.: - Z?211AX NO.: 3 ! J CONST. INSP. [ J / O INSP.:[ J REINSPECTION [ ] PLANS REVIEW F. A. (] F.S. HOOD [ ] PAINTBOOJBURN PER IT [ J TENT PERMIT ] / TANK PERMIT [ ] OTHERryf A; S' '. ! TOTAL FEES: $ (PER' UNIT SEE BELOW) l I COMMENTS: Address / Bldg. # / Unit # 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12, 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Square Footage Fees per Bldg. / Unit Fees must be paid to Sanford Building Department, 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, FI. 32771 Phone # -407- 330-5656. Proof of Payment must be made to Fire Prevention division before any further services can take place. I certify that the above is true and correct and that I will comply with all applicable codes and ordinances of the City of Sanford, Florida. 1 iApi Sanford Fire Prevention D pplicant's Sigriatur CITY OF SANFORD PERMIT APPLICATION OPermitNo.: 7/JW IN Date: Job Address: 500 Gordon Street Sanford Florida Permit Type: Building Electrical 1, Mechanical Plumbing X Fire Alarm/Sprinkler/ Description of Work: trouble interlock pre —action and wet system Suppression Additional Information for Electrical & Plumbing Permits Electrical: _Addition/Alteration _Change of Service _Temporary Pole New AMP Service (# of AMPS ) Plumbing/Residential: Addition/Alteration New Construction (One Closet Plus Additional) Plumbing/Commercial: Number of Fixtures Number of Water & Sewer Drainage Lines Number of Gas Lines Occupancy Type: _Residential x Commercial _ Industrial Total Sq Ftg: 12 , 6 0 0 Value of Work: $ 7 , 1 0 0 _ n n Type of Construction: Metal Flord Zone: Number of Stories: 1 Number of Dwelling Units: 1 Parcel No.: 2 7 —19 — 3 0— 5 0 4— 0 0 0 0— 0 0 5 0 _ _ (Attach Proof of Ownership & Legal Description) Owner/Address/Phone: Blue Bell Creameries 1101` South Horton Street Brenham TX 77834-1807 Contractor/Address/Phone: Southern Fire Protection 3801 East State Road 46, Sanford Robert H. Caldwell, Jr.. State License Number: 74072300011990 Contact Person: Tiffany Kirk _Phone&Fax Number: 407-323-4200 Fax 328-8931 Title Holder (If other than Owner): N/A Address: Bonding Company: N/A Address: Mortgage Lender:, Address: Architect/Engineer N/A Phone No.: Address Fax No.: Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating constructioninthisjurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for ELECTRICAL WORK, PLUMBING, SIGNS, WELLS, POOLS, FURNACES, BOILERS, HEATERS, TANKS, and AIR CONDITIONERS, etc. OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and'zoning. WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may befoundinthepublicrecordsofthiscounty, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies. Acceptance of permit is verification that I will notify the owner of the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. Signature of Owner/Agent Print Owner/Agent's Name Date Signature of Notary -State of Florida Date Owner/Agent is Produced ID Personally Known to Me or APPLICATION APPROVED BY: 8/30/02 agnature of Contractor/Ag Date Robert H. Caldwell Jr Print Contractor/Agent's Name - Signature of Notary -State of Florida Date CAROL ANN 4URCHISON Notary Public, ale of Florida My comm. exp, July 11, 2005 Comm. No. D4 037233 Contractor/.Agent is x Personally Known to Me or Produced ID Date: 9-- F— Z— Special Conditions: BUSINESS ADDRESS. MAILING ADDRESS.; STATE OF FLOREDA- OFFICE OF TREASURER DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE TALLAHASSEE , FLORMA CERTIFICATE STATE FIRE MARSHAL RTMCATE OF COMPETENCY THIS CERTIFIES THAT: ROBERT H CALDWELL JIL 3801 EAST STATE RD 46 SANFORD. FL 32771- BUSI14ESS ORGANIZATION: SOUTHERN FIRE PROTEC-hON OF ORLANDO INC EXPERIENCE, KNOWLEDGE, SCIENCE, AND SKILLNOFCONTRACTSREQUUUNGTHEABILITY. TYPES OF FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS, CONTRACTOR I INCLUDES THE EXECUTION REpAIR, OR SERVICE ALLToUMLLIGENTLYLAYOUTFABRICATE, INSTALL, INSPECT, ALTER - EXCLUDING pRE.ENGINEEREb SYSTEMS. 0710112002 107 1 15 Seminole 74072300011990 Uccnsdpemiit Number Treasurer Iww=ce Commissioner Fire Marshal 1073_580002 250-00 JOI 302004 Application # T.= aF Expire Date SEMINO I L I E; COUNTY OCCUPATIONAL LICENSE STATE OF FLORIDA Account 0: 053465 RAY VALDES, TAX COLLECTOR LICENSE TO ENGAGE IN BUSINESS, PROFESSION OR OCCuPATION.SPECIRED BELOW. M INSTALLAT- IONS(73) ALARM Flkt--.0Rd'EtTION OF ORL-'.'INC.--"r- 740723000290/190 SOUTHERN. StateLic-4 3801 SIR 46..' SANFORD, FL_ 3 2 EON`ikD' M HOLLIS (FEES). A titSOUTHERN FIRE' PROTECTION'OF ORL INC 3301 SR SANFORDIJ Ilfflllflfflllfllllflllflf Amount Paid: $ 037284 RUG-06-67 03:55 Pm YVIVIVYLV+ 1-eeo r.utiva r-[ac P.6s ilcorwitl t! —. T+-L f t.l; #- I H16 INSI kUh t:N 1 rtrr rs itU e fl~ L C: iNOTICE Of COMMENCEMENT ADON. t:tt: +, . F u1-- -- lV% 1'1sfnl0 t Ff ;3}'7-f- / T IF. UNDERSIGNED hctcby an -es n mice that uupt1ivenunt will be III;%& Iu «11ai 1 tt-al lu-Ilvot v. and III accordance with Chapter 713. 11-ntla Sismara, the ft U-rwing In(t)rninclun is prt-vid J in Ihi• N-rtt•c -f 01111Mtcncrnn•t. I. 11iic ihtilm r.f pubpcny 3. C;j•nt•r1) dcFrnpur n of impruvcmcttt. ILE LIB. ,fin. ST•q.r yoN_LfN1/+-. . ..._ . 13, 000- 3 t 41trer Inful r tammi: a. I Name & AddrrFR- l 0 J. 10Vyiy_-* L I.. Iruc e:-t In 1 r-perry: Name tlt-1%ddre-+6 rif tco t-Ilnplc t,del t+ILtar Irthcx than nviier): t ;+'nrrat:ttrr't N:tnlc & ALldres.: dR4.(EtQ o„fs_ _ P'j o vr!A atsr a•tc4 jttnP..e Jt T. a. Phone, nwnl,er:- t27—Fi o_(f14 _T__ -1) Uax numbvr:_Lej. f 7r - q ` _- 5. Ctu cly InfutnlAti-,n' a Namc & Address' Y--- - - .. _..•...-.. --- - ZEWltI COM p iANrlt MORb'!E: L Phone number--- -. -•-_---....... c. FAX nitlribCl':__ . rang 1 -a :.1' MOTn- COUNTY. ILL" d Arrtl lt (If Rtn d: I._— _•---.......- -•_-. __ .__..--_-- Noll G. l.c Ou's Nattic & AJJrc.is. n/ _-_-- •--........ f_.: • a--- ' ..- h. I`Ax number . _ ..._ IL 2Q 7 he s-n within the Mime L f Ficitit.6 &:apetwd by uwocr upwl whurrl tlmier p ur uthet dtl ttmcnta rrtt.y he served as pruvided by 711.13 (1) (a) 7 Fimicla Slatu, A. Namt & Address:_4,"W-'_ s+_V- I/f41L0pE Ss ,6t.-- Ib. 1'hnnc ma,tlret:_---•--- - L 1'aX nt ntircr._..- K. In 9111thmort r- hirnttelf. Owner desihmatcs_ .... ___ ___• _ __..._. 1. tt Tt'Lctvr a ct py of hc I-witur's Nunce :it. p1+-t'LIL-d m Nccttun 711.1. I) (b), Florida Statutc:- 7.. Phone nunlbrn—_ .. . . . _ ..h. 9. 1'.x iratinn dale of Nurice to[C:ummenccrncnt (rhe rxl trauun date is anc (1) year from the da t• if recurdtng unless a different duce I.. specified) II A1 1 0 A• fAf. Signau TV r f Cwner)-- 57E 11 J v1 s AKA CLFFM (F CIMUIT coati WHOLE COMTY S%vorn t -ul sohscr ! 64-,rc Inc .8K tr404478 PG 1859 rhi.- 3 ._ day t f . _ _ . zn Q CLERK'S M 24v2916q 72 D arol am 01141143 vN AFMADINO FEET 6.00 Knnwn crs nAlly/l 1). Shf vn My u(Im nINI'l-m cxpires:A CWM it M Noldolt i [NEE l MV COMYISBION j ppan rb t:xrtRE9.4r r 2t. 006 oft n" matt 0r.- Nuticc - r'--n-n-rOL.mrnl.docC: UwCUME- I t s.lsvl. LUt'AI ti-1 vrerht-\ Nutiee of Ca umnnrr+nrnt doe CITY OF SANFORD LICENSE DEPARTMENT P.O. BOX 1788 SANFORD, FL 32772-1788 ISSUANCE OF LICENSE DOES NOT IMPLY THAT LICENSEE/PREMISES IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL CODES. TO AVOID LATE FEES, THIS LICENSE MUST BE RENEWED PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE. USINESS NAM- I , 7. . I ik T'- LOCATION A00d R WT 1 iKLf7 T .s'TAL YOUR H t- -,,4 c:IRF- PRJTf-'CTT0N i'ALt)lW'C-Lt_,p RosFRT I FAST :JAT`f, Rf) 4,51 1277L CAL[wEl-tq f(lr-gkT JP 3001 ".AST aTATL K0 46 SANFURO FL 3?T71 SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, Fl. 32771 / P. O. Box 1788, Sanford, Fl. 32772 407 302-2520 / FAX (407) 330-5677 Pager (407) 918-0395 F 'D Plans Review Sheet Date: September 17, 2002 OCC. Ch. 42 Storage Occupancy /Fire sprinkler reaction wet system Business Name: 500 Gorden Street Contractor: Southern Fire Protection Ph. (407) 323-4200 Fax. (407) 328-8931 Engineer: Peter Tankel, P.E. Ph. (407) 657-5585 Reviewed [ ] Reviewed with comment _[_X-]l Rejected [ ] Reviewed by: Timothy Robles, Fire Protection Inspector/Plans Examine Comment: Instillation of double pre -action and wet system suppression system 1.1 Application — Instillation of one (1) F/S commercial and light industrial fire alarm control panel> 1.2 Monitoring- Two dedicated phone lines required for fire department monitoring End of the line test switch box function test required Function test required to verify fire alarm monitoring 1 PROTECTOWIRE Features Basic two zone system. Expandable — in multiples of two zones. Two supervised audible circuits. Lamp and system trouble circuit test. Ground fault detection. Initiating device circuit (IDQ alarm test. Monitors up to 3,500 feet of Protectowire line heat detector per zone. Accommodates up to 30 PRO -series smoke detectors per zone. Description The FS2000 is a fully supervised, non coded fire alarm control panel available in multiple zone configurations. The FS2000 is modular in design and features individual circuit control modules designed to meet specialized system requirements for commercial, institutional, and light industrial applications. The system is FM approved and comforms to applicable NFPA 72 requirements for local and auxiliary protective signaling systems. It may also be used as part of a proprietary fire alarm system or, when the proper supplementary modules are added to the standard system, for sprinkler supervisory service or water flow.alarm and sprinkler/deluge system release. The basic FS2000 control panel and its associated power supply provide the following standard features: two supervised IIIIIIIIII detection circuits, which may be field wired for either Class A NFPA Style D) or Class B (NFPA Style B); two supervised Class B (NFPA Styles W & Y) audible signal circuits; battery charger and monitor; ground fault detection; lamp test; one set of SPDT common alarm contacts, and two sets of SPDT common trouble contacts. RECEIYOOPVED FM SEP 1 Flexibility The basic FS20400 control panel is designed for easy expansion of system capability by adding additional modules and functions to the standard system. The'FS2000 will accommodate a combination of the following options: Protectowire alarm point location meter. Extinguishing system release and supervision. Water flow detection. Fire and non -fire supervisory monitoring. Intrinsically safe detection zones. Municipal tie. Supplementary relays. A complete list of available options is included in the "How to order" section of this catalog sheet. System expansion The basic FS2000 consists of two (2) detection zones, and requires one module space in the system enclosure The ,zone capacity of,the basic system can,be expanded up to a maximum:of thirty-four (34) zones in -one enclosure,.by utilizing the require&number of=EB-91 zone expander board,,(s) . Each EB-91 zone expander board requires one module space in:the enclosure and will -;accept two (2);plug-:in type zone modules. Each zone'rnodule consists.of two ,(2) individual detection circuits. To monitor the two detection circuits, a red LED zone alarm indicator and a yellow zone trouble indicator are supplied for each zone. Supervisory zone cards utilize two yellow LED indicators per zone to indicate supervisory alarm and supervisory trouble. The modular system design enables the system to be modified at any time. The required number of input and output circuits and system options are custom assembled and tested at the factory to assure exact conformance with the customer's application requirements. FS2000 Basic control module. Zone expander board EB-91) with one plug-in zone module. System features Nine system status indicators are mounted on the main control board. A green POWER ON LED, a red SYSTEM ALARM LED, a yellow SYSTEM TROUBLE/SUPERVISORY signal LED, and a yellow GROUND FAULT indicator. Additional yellow indicating LED's are provided for Alarm Silenced, Audible Signal Circuit(s) Open and Shorted, Battery Low and Battery Out. System controls consist of five push button switches which provide the following functions: system test, system reset, alarm silence, trouble silence, and lamp and trouble test. PDM-1000-1 Protectowire alarm point location meter Protectowire introduces "smart" detector technology to linear heat detectors. The PDM-1000-1 meter (Option A) may be built into the FS2000 control panel to locate a heat actuated point on the Protectowire line heat detector. The meter will display the distance in feet or meters from the start of the detector portion of the zone to the overheated or shorted point on the Protectowire line heat detector. PDM-1000-1 Protectowire alarm point location meter with 16 zone alarm scanner. Options A & C) A zone alarm scanner option for the PDM-1000-1 is available which allows for automatic display of the zone number in alarm, as well as the alarm point distance location, while still monitoring the remaining zones for an overheat condition. The scanner, which must be ordered with the Protectowire meter option, is available in the following configurations: 8 zones Option B), 16 zones (Option C), and 32 zones (Option C2). Solenoid;:monitoran&release=module The.RS/RM-91.series solenoid monitor and release modules are designed` to operate and supervise solenoid valves used for actuation •of extinguishing systems. Release logic and subsequent activation of the module is governed by the appropriate detection zone module(s) in the FS2000 control panel. When the alarm signal is transferred to the release module(s), a 24VDC output is initiated to operate the normally de -energized solenoid, which activates the extinguishing agent release sequence. The, -release circuits are supervisedfor open and. shorted co, itrons'_ In the case of an open or short, the system trouble buzzer will sound and the appropriate yellow indicating LED will illuminate. A circuit disconnect switch is also provided to deactivate the module during servicing of the system. The solenoid monitor and"release module,is.availablein three versions Option F (RM-91) is the basic module, which contains two (2) independent 24VDC release circuits. Option G (RS-91) contains two (2) independent 24VDC release circuits plus two (2) Class B switch supervisory circuits. Both models require one (1) module space in the FS2000 enclosure. FM approved loads for the RM-91 and RS-91 modules are: Skinner solenoid model LV2LBX25 and ASCO solenoid models T8210A107, R8210A107, and 8210A107. A third version, Option GG (RS-91D), is also available for those applications which require operation of the Star Model D deluge valve. This model contains two (2) release circuits and two (2) Class B supervisory circuits, and requires one (1) module space in the FS2000 enclosure. Option GG (RS-91D) is the only model which has been FM approved for operation of the Star Model D deluge valve. Option U provides one (1) audible alarm signaling circuit which may be wired in either a Class A (NFPA Styles X & Z) or Class B (NFPA Styles W & Y) configuration. These plug-in modules may be provided in a latching or non -latching mode and will also accept up to four (4) inputs for selective activation by zone or groups of zones. Option U requires half a module space in the system enclosure and the total circuit load may not exceed 1.0 amp. System enclosures The FS2000 enclosures are designed to accommodate all input and output modules, power supplies, and batteries (up to 15AH) utilized in the system. Each enclosure consists of a back box and door, fabricated of heavy gauge steel and finished in a fine textured beige enamel finish. Red enclosures are optionally available and may be ordered by adding the suffix "R" to the enclosure model number. The enclosure door, which is mounted on heavy duty, sag - resistant hinges, is fitted with a key lock and may be removed from the'back box to permit easy installation and service. Each enclosure is vented, which allows for internal placement of the emergency standby batteries. The largest battery size which may be installed in each model enclosure is indicated in the chart below. When the system's battery size requirements exceed the sizes shown, a separately ordered battery cabinet is required. Consult factory for information. Maximum Module battery Encl. spaces size Width Height Depth EN2 2 10AH 21"(53.34 cm) 17"(43.18 cm) 5"(12.70 cm) Solenoid monitor and EN4 4 15AH 21"(53.34 cm) 31"(78.74 cm) 5"(12.70 cm) release module with Class B EN6 6 15AH 26"(66.04 cm) 31"(78.74 cm) 5"(12.70 cm) supervisory circuits. Option G) EN9 9 15AH 26"(66.04 cm) 42"(106.68 cm) 5"(12.70 cm) Intrinsically safe detection circuits The FS2000 control equipment can be provided with intrinsically safe Class B detection circuits for those areas that are classified as hazardous. The voltage and current in the detection circuits will be limited to values which are incapable of causing an explosion in a Division 1 area. Protectowire line heat detector and/or other non -energy storing initiating devices may be used in these areas. Two options are currently offered for the FS2000 system: Option H utilizes a shunt diode barrier and has been FM approved for NEC Classes I, II, and III, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, and G. This option permits the use of the Protectowire alarm point location meter (Option A) but requires that the system ground fault detection circuit be disabled. Option K incorporates a DC isolator as part of the detection circuit. This method is FM approved for NEC Classes I, II, and III, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, and G. Option K permits the use of the system ground fault detection circuit, but is not compatible with the Protectowire alarm point location meter (Option A). Audible alarm circuits The FS2000 control panel contains two standard Class B NFPA Styles W & Y) general alarm circuits which are contained on the basic control board. These audible circuits may be wired in a Class A (NFPA Styles X & Z) configuration when Option T is ordered. Additional audible alarm circuits may be added to the system by utilizing alarm expander module(s) Option U (AE-91). FS2000 specifications and environmental ratings AC supply 120 or 220/240VAC, 50-60HZ, 1.75 amp max. Battery supply 24VDC 4.5-55 ampere hour Gel cell (standard) Nickel cadmium Lead acid Environmental operation conditions Ambient temperature: 32-120oF (0-49°C) Humidity: Max. 95% RH non -condensing Primary system power 24V FWR by T1, 100VA typical Greater VA rating, as required per system options System regulated power Each board (MB, EB, RS) has full voltage regulation, 12VDC and 24VDC Audible signaling device circuits 24V — FWR with battery standby Maximum current: 2 amp/circuit, 3 amp combined Requires polarized audible devices Relay contact ratings Common alarm: 3 amp @ 30VDC or 120VAC resistive load Common trouble: 2 amp @ 30VDC or 120VAC resistive load Approvals Factory Mutual City of New York #MEA-374-91E How to order Step L., Determine the number of detection zones required and select the appropriate system control unit from the models shown in the table below. Basic System Control Units Enclosure Model # module spaces Description FS2002 1 2 zones FS2004 11/2 4 zones FS2006 2 6zones FS2008 21/2 8 zones FS2010 3 10 zones FS2012 31/2 12 zones FS2014 4 14 zones FS2016 41/2 16 zones FS2018 5 18 zones FS2020 51/2 20 zones FS2022 6 22 zones FS2024 61/2 24 zones FS2026 7 26 zones FS2028 71/2 28 zones FS2030 8 30 zones FS2032 81/2 32 zones FS2034 9 34 zones Step 2. Select option code letter(s) and show quantity when necessary. Note options which require enclosure module space(s). Step 3. To determine the proper size FS2000 enclosure, add the module spaces required for the basic FS2000 panel (Step 1) plus the module spaces required for the quantity of each option selected (Step 2), If the total module spaces required for the system exceed the size of the largest enclosure, a second extender enclosure will be required. Select two enclosures whose total module capacity equals or exceeds that required for the complete system. Step 4. Finalize complete system model number as shown in the System model number ordering guide at right. Step 5. The FS2000 is custom assembled and tested at the factory as a complete system. In order to assure exact conformance with the customers' operational requirements, each order should be accompanied by a brief descrip- tion of the panel's operating logic and zone functions. Information Note: Refer to Data Sheet #9025 for additional information on FS2000 options. System model number ordering guide Model number of basic system control unit selected in Step 1. AC operational voltage 120 or 220-240VAC — 50/60HZ. Battery charger adjustment GC — Gel Cell (Std.) NC — Nickel Cadmium LC — Lead Cells Options/ Encl. mod. Quantity space A Protectowire alarm point location meter #PDM-1000-1 B 1 8 zone alarm scanner` C C2 1 16 zone alarm scanner Requires Option A 1 32 zone alarm scanner`3 D V2 Water flow detection zones (2/card) E 1/2 Switch supervisory circuits Class A/B 2 circuits/module) F 1 Solenoid monitor & release module 2 release circuits/module) G 1 Solenoid monitor & release module w/Class B switch supervisory (2 release & 2 supervisory circuits/module) GG 1 Solenoid monitor & release module for Star Model D w/Class B switch supervisory H 0 2 release & 2 supervisory circuits/module) 1-2 zones) Intrinsic safety barrier for Class B 1 3-16 zones) detection circuits (Not available 2 17-32 zones) with system ground fault detection) K 0 1-2 zones) Intrinsic safety barrier for Class B 1 3-8 zones) detection circuits. (Not compatible 2 9-16 zones) with Option A) 3 17-24 zones) 4 25-32 zones) L Auxiliary zone alarm relay — SPDT LL Auxiliary zone alarm relay — DPDT M Municipal tie unit (series type) N Municipal tie unit (shunt type) P Battery charging meters Q Time delay relay R Auxiliary common alarm relay — DPDT S Auxiliary common trouble relay — DPDT T Class A (NFPA Styles X & Z) audible circuits main panel, general alarm only) U V2 Alarm expander card (1 circuit, Class A or B) V Zone voting module W PS-91 auxiliary power supply Enclosures EN2 2 module enclosure EN4 4 module enclosure EN6 6 module enclosure EN9 9 module enclosure 'not approved by FM FS20 m - FEE - ED I - [TT] Example: FS20 02 120 GC G2 EN4 FS2000, two zone panel for 120VAC 50-60HZ input, gel cell battery, 2) solenoid monitor and release modules w/Class B'switch supervisory2release & 2 supervisory circuits/module) in a four module enclosure. The Protectowire Co., Inc. Post Office Box A, Hanover, MA 02339 617-826-3878, FAX 617-826-2045 Special hazard fire alarm systems Litho in U.S.A. FOTM 9004B-193 Line coverage ... continuous sensitivity. Three temperature ratings. Withstands moisture, alkalies, dust, low temperatures. Approved for hazardous locations. No contacts to foul. Easy to install and test. Economical, no maintenance expense. Add to the system if expansion is required. Protectowire line heat and fire detector is a proprietary cable that detects heat anywhere along its length. An entire system wiring is turned into a continuous fire detector. Ideally suited to industrial high risk hazards, this detector is used extensively in steel mills, power generation plants, pulp and paper mills, chemical, cement, aluminum and coal preparation plants. Line detection has unique advantages when used in areas of limited access and surveillance, pollution, dust and corrosion — where early detection of a fire in its incipient stages can be of inestimable value. Equally adaptable to commercial applications, line heat and fire detection is widely used in schools and colleges, churches, historic sites, municipal buildings, government installations and agricultural buildings. The detector can be run throughout all parts of a building including all rooms, halls, storage areas, basements, lofts and accessible spaces. Stairways, elevator shafts, closets and chutes may also be protected. Detection is assured at any point along the run. OUL FM ULn LISTED APPROVED Fast, dependable, proven fire protection Actuators Heat sensitive material Protective tape Outer covering Approximately 1/8" diameter Line coverage point sensitivity Protectowire line heat and fire detector is comprised of two actuators individually encased in a heat sensitive material. The encased actuators are twisted together to impose a spring pressure between them, then spirally wrapped with a protective tape and finished with an outer covering to suit the environ- ment of use. At installation a device is connected to one end of the actuators so that when a power source is added a small monitoring current passes continuously through the detector and supervisory circuit. At the critical or operating temperature the heat sensitive material yields to the pressure on it, permitting the actuators to move into contact with each other. This action takes place at the first heated point anywhere along the detector. The heat does not have to result from open flame, nor produce any specified density of smoke, nor increase at any particular rate. Heat alone causes the alarm. Typical Protectowire fire alarm system Sprinkler OS & Y gate valve Conveyor motor controller Master box End of line resistor ELR Deluge valve Alarm bells Aux. unit O O O O O O 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Special hazard applications ... Cable trays Conveyors Power distribution apparatus: Switchgear, Transformers, Substations, Motor control centers, Resistor banks Dust collectors / baghouses Cooling towers Government installations Warehouse rack storage Mines Pipelines Bridges, piers, marine vessels Refrigerated storage Tank farms Hangars Computer rooms Protectowire line heat and fire detector pinpoints the exact locations of an over- heating condition anywhere in these high risk hazards and withstands all of their aggressive atmospheres indefinitely. Vital systems are kept in operation. This detector meets intrinsically safe standards when used with Protectowire control panels FM approved for Class I, II or 111, Div. 1, Applicable Groups A, B, C, D, E & G hazardous areas. Irradiation tests prove no detector embrittlement or insulation breakdown when exposed to gamma radiation at a rate of 3.6x105 rads/hour. Water flow switch End of line resistors ELR Smoke detectors CI Fire Pull ELR Manual station Fire Pull ELR Protectowire line heat and fire detector Remote annunciator Batteries Control panel Simple installation The detector is installed in continuous runs without taps or branches in accordance with applicable sections of NFPA Standard 72E, National Electric Code and local codes and ordinances. Except for zoning requirements (alarm source indication) the length of runs is limited only by the electrical characteristics of the control equipment or transmitter with which the detector is associated. The detector can be placed on the ceiling of the area to be protected or on the walls within 20 inches of the ceiling. s 2 S s 2 s Ceiling of protected area S = Listed spacing. See chart below. Messenger wire On long runs in areas where mounting is difficult, the use of Protectowire on a carrier or messenger wire is recommended. When using messenger wire to support line heat detector, turnbuckles and eyebolts should be employed at each end of a run to place tension on the carrier wire. The maximum run length should be 250 feet, but the messenger wire should also be supported with approved fasteners at a maximum of 50 foot intervals to reduce the sag or droop. Messenger wire is available on special order, with any type of Protectowire. It consists of high tensile strength stainless steel wire, which is wound around the Protectowire at the rate of one turn per foot. Temperature ratings and model numbers Specifications The detector is made in different temperature ratings to allow for differences in normal or ambient temperature. Guidelines for selecting the proper rating to be installed in a given area are the same as for automatic sprinklers and other heat actuated devices. For ambient temperatures not exceeding 100°F, install Regular (155°F) Protectowire. For ambient temperatures exceeding 100°F but not 150°F, install Intermediate (190°F) Protectowire. For ambient temperatures exceeding 150°F but not 225°F, install High Test (280°F) Protectowire, Regular, Intermediate and High Test detectors all have the same principle of actuation and are easily spliced together in series with PWS or PWSC splicing devices. Each will operate at its specific alarm temperature without influence from adjacent line detectors that are rated differently. Flexible leads or compression fittings are required for connecting the detector to copper wire or terminals. Electrical rating is 30VAC, 42.4VDC or peak voltage. Resistance is approximately 1 ohm per 5 feet of twisted pair. Rated temperature 155 °F (68.3 °C) Regular 190 °F (87.8 °C) Intermediate 280 °F (137.8 °C) High Test Maximum ambient Up to 100°F (37.8°C) 100°F (37.8°C) to 150°F (65.6°C) 150°F (65.6°C) to 225°F (107.2°C) temperature where detector will be installed Standard service (indoor) PHSC-155 PHSC-190 PHSC-280 Red braid White braid, brown tracer Red braid, brown tracer see note 1) see note 2) Moisture resistant PHSC-155-P PHSC-190-P PHSC-280-P Type P Red tape over braid White tape over braid Blue tape over braid Industrial and PHSC-155-EPC PHSC-190-EPC PHSC-280-EPC outdoor exposure Extruded red PVC Extruded white PVC Extruded blue PVC Type EPC Abrasion and PHSC-155-EPN PHSC-190-EPN PHSC-280-EPN chemical resistant Black weather resistant Black weather resistant Black weather resistant Type EPN nylon over PVC nylon over PVC nylon over PVC NOTES: 1. Available on special order with white nr hrnwn hraid 2. Available on special order with red braid, white tracer, or brown braid, white tracer. 3. All types of Protectowire can be supplied on Messenger Wire. Add suffix "-M"to above model number(s). Listed spacing information Approvals Standard service Type P Type EPC Type EPN UL 15 ft. ULC 15 ft. 15 ft. FM 25 ft. 25 ft. 25 ft. Pending Installation Splicing N,urrierous accessories are approved for installation of Protectowire line heat and fire detector. These include several types of clips and straps, drive rings, special copper clad staples, cable standoffs and messenger wire. Their proper u'se assures a neat and workmanlike installation. Other devices which are not specifically approved should not be used. The different ratings of line detectors all have the same size conductors and are readily spliced together by means of PWS or PWSC splicing devices, which are manufactured to close itolerancesforthisspecificpurposeandaretheonlyapproved9 methods of splicing the detectors. Accessories The Protectowire Company offers an assortment of fasteners and splicing devices to facilitate installation for a wide variety of applications. Ill CC staples SPS straps PWS splicing sleeves Special application items Cable tray installations PC-2 mounting clips Will clamp to trays i° 030" (.76 mm) to 065" (1.65 mm) in thickness CC-2N mounting clips Will clamp to trays 06" (1.52 mm) to .16" (4.06 mm) Also available: CC-2W mounting clip Will clamp to material between .16" (4.06 mm) to .25" (6.35 mm) WAW corner clips PDR drive rings DIRT drive ring tool OHS line clips PWSC splicing connector Flexible leads Sprinkler related installations PM-2 series — Pipe mounting straps Catalog Pipe size PM-2A 75" (19.1 mm) to 2" (50.8 mm) in thickness PM-213 2.5" (63.5 mm) to 5" (127.0 mm) in thickness PM-2C 6" (152.4 mm) to 10" (254.0 mm) in thickness PM-3 series — Pipe mounting straps Catalog Pipe size PM-3A 75" (19.1 mm) to 2" (50.8 mm) PM-313 2.5" (63.5 mm) to 3.5" (88.9 mm) Larger sizes also available) PM-3 Nylon) Pipe\ System capabilities Holding block Protectowire goes here Protectowire line heat and fire detector is a component of a complete family of systems manufactured by The Protectowire Company — a leader in fire detection for over fifty years. Capabilities include meeting any fire defense need from multiple alarm zones to auxiliary equipment shutdown and automatic extinguishing., Modular in design Protectowire detection systems meet specific individual requirements and allow for system expansion at any time, providing long range economy. For further information, call or write: The Protectowire Co., Inc. Post Office Box A, Hanover, MA 02339 617-826-3878, FAX 617-826-2045 Special hazard fire alarm systems Litho in U.S.A. Form 6592K-193 02/13/2003 06:55 904-493-6066 BRASFIELD AND GORRIE 02/221%t 12_'@3_ 09:13AM BLUE BELL PLT MRINT BRASFIELD AND WRK1h dw r PAGE _02/02 I trJ 4730 51116ury Rwd. 9une I" 14d;;"V1114, Florida 33396 1l1. 904An,4191 fort 904,499.6016 www.bratfla Idq*n%rora February 12, 2003 Mr. Bob Bott — MS. Qfhcial City of Smfmd PO Box 1788 Seaford, FL 32772 RJ&-- Blue H&H Cresmerios D utton Centet 5mrbrd, FL Dear Nit. sow pursusat to our C=mrsatioa, Blue sell Creameries will Commence to store ice cream product in ft tresses of the above d facility on b4onday, ply 17, 2003 ahead of our obtaining of the Certificate of Occupancy In addition, Brasfield & Gonie and Blue Bell Cregmades indemnify and bold hu mless ti3e City of Seaford and its Bu3l "Departincat employees from any liability oagwA by our actim. Should you havo any questiaw.. please do not hadtate to call Steve Davis with Blue Bell Cre =cries at 979-83 &7977 or myself Sincerely, B d r' r le, LLC Erik e project Mannar Cc: Bobby TYaylor File _ Blue u Crumerim LP Stave.DRVU Director of Facilities 02/13/2003 08:55 904-493-6066 BRASFIELD AND GORRIE PAGE 01/02 BlMfUaM WRM LLC. 4720 Salisbury Road, Ste. 104 Jacksonville, FL 32256 FAX Cover Sheet TO: 130b ' FROM: jt 1 K "sy'4J'PE COMPANY: PHONE NUMBER: 904-493-6101 y' r O F ..TprJF Q FAx NUMBER: 904493-6066 FAX NUMBER: Q'1- 33 0 6 % PAGES: + COVER PAGE PHONE NUMBER: DATE: 2l i3 1 oZ RE: JSLVF- 6(.LL. r-.*C j tr, t CC: URGENT FOR REVIEW 0 PLEASE COMMENT . PLEASE REPLY PLEASE RECYCLE Note: bo gI f f- V O lt— C--*/VV115'L 5,+?7 ,0" , If you did not receive all of the pages or find that they are illegible, please call SENDER at 904-493-6101 CONFIDUMALUY NOTE: The following facsimile is intended to whom it is addressed and may contain information that is privileged, confidential, or otherwise exempt from disclosure under applicable law. If the reader of this message is not the intended recipient or the employee or agent responsible for delivering the message to the Intended recipient, you are hereby notified that any dissemination, distribution, or copying of this communication is strictly prohibited. If you have received this communication in error, please immediately notify us by telephone and return the original message to us at the above address via the U.S. Postal Service. Tbank you. r CITY OF SANFORD ELECTRICAL APPLIC [TION PERMIT NO. V DATE: —Al G THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY APPLIES FOR A PERMIT TO INSTALL THE FOLLOWING ELECTRICAL WORK: 0oee*,Nf6e14ESOWNER'S NAME: V Rgil— ADDRESS OF JOB: S Gt021 O J `fir ` ELECTRICAL Subject to rules and regulations of the city electrical code: By signing this application I am stating I am is c ( e 'ib t ectrical Code V ' 2— 00 pplicant's Signature Q 7r— States License# m m O \ ZONE 2 ac —:p EMMEM- a ZONE 3 Coo* 2 ZONE 1 ZONE 1 ZONE 4 - Alarm ZONE 5 - Trouble NtSuppression Sys. ; (by others.) 0- IpN n-In ozozmz T - Wspol oA30, m 10rDp DIUl; U, vxmz l OOmmmrn aiz, D,:u O- 1-I-3'mOD-I Imm-+ Ion'( FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION a D D Zmo TiZ<!- Di( AA V 2 z -LjgOZmm- 1 m0 m Z01(n> ; UCO 1 q mZ- c0f000 M205RD gXrOM00> 0ORA-4>- Ia *F> 20rmm=mr ZONE 1 ZONE LEGEND WATER FLOW AND TAMPER SWITCHES ZONE 2 PULL STATION AT FCP ZONE 3 SMOKE DETECTOR AT FCP ZONE 4 ALARM FROM SUPPRESSION PANEL ZONE 5 TROUBLE FROM SUPPRESSION PANEL 0 FIRE ALARM FLOOR PLAN SCOPE OF WORK: THIS SYSTEM IS DESIGNED TO MONITOR THE SPRINKLER do SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS ONLY, 1.) INSTALL A SMOKE DETECTOR OVER THE -FCP". 2.) INSTALL A PULL STAION NEXT TO PANEL. 3.) PROGRAM PANEL FOR SITE MONITORING. ro ro inFmw` S Y M B 0 L L E SOME SYMBOLS MAY G E NDNOTBEUSED' Two) FM p" m Lm ro mm OW. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER OUTLET BOX FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL/OMLER (FCP) EST FS502 MANUFA. FACP FFAQ1FIRE ALARM SYSTEM ANNUN. (FAAP) SEE SPECMATK)N SHEET HORN SEE SPECIFICATION SHEET f(Q STROBE SEE SPECIFICATION SHEET 1 MANUAL STATION 2790-1110 4- SQUARE W/ 1-GANG RAISED COVER S-2 SPRINKLER WATER FLOW SWTCH BY OTHERS BY OTHERS SPRINKLER TAMPER SWITCH BY OTHERS BY OTHERS it JUNCTION BOX BY OTHERS BY OTHERS FLOOR ENO-OF- UNE DEVICE SEE SPECIFICATION SHEET PER DEVICE 05SMOKE DETECTOR EC30U- 3 4• SQUARE ./SINGLE GANG RING FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL DETAIL N.T.S. DUCT DETECTOR BY OTHERS BY OTHERS U7 W af QLLJtTi Ld W FesF^ NM U za! 0 1 0vW 0°Ip m O C 0 y W J m SHEET 1 1 s 1 u LINE L WARNING: Never replace fuse while circuit Is energized. CAUTION: The panel does not indicate EARTH GND j Replacement fuse must be of equivalent size and type. when JP6A Is missing. A shorted NAC circuit N CAUTION: The middle connection on the terminal block makes a may damage the equipment If NAC Jumpers NEUTRAL mechanical connection to the chassis even with the ground wire removed. are missing or set Incorrectly. 5 A, 250 V. SLO-BLO JP7 wire loop 1121 DETAILA ® (Littlefuse PM 218005) t r t OACTIDialer (optional) r t TBS 0COMMONTROUBLERELAY (101 1 A @ 30 Vdc, resistive 2) Nonsupervlsed 0 See COMMON SUPERVISORY RELAY [101 0 DETAIL A I A Q 30 Vdc, resistive NonauperAsed 0 COMMON ALARM RELAY (10) 1 A e 30 Vdc, resistive Nonsupervised REMOTE MODULE COMMUNICATION BUS 13 ft 0.03 µF, max r24VOUf- 1 AUXILIARYISMOKE OUT— POWER OUTPUT24Vdc,nominal @ 500 mA MAIN SUPPLY CIRCUIT 120 V. 60 Hz, 0.8 A or 230 V. 50/60 Hz, 0.4 A from dedicated branch supply DACT connector 17 TB2 JP6A CM 0 JPIA ® Fil CAUTION: Break the wire run at each field device to provide proper connection supervision. Do not loop wires under terminals. NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS 12113115 [11J Class B (Style Y) or Class A (Style Z) Operating voltage; 24 Vfwr Operating anent: 1.5 A /cIrcuil, 2.5 A total Circuit impedance: 13 SL 0.03 µF, max EOLR: 4.7 kf1 112 W (P/N E0L4.7) NAC1- EOLR NAC1+ NAC2+ IDC1+ IOCt- IDC2+ IDC2- IDC31, IOC3- IDC4+ IOC4- IDCS RECHARGEABLE BATTERY CIRCUIT 0 + o Voltage: 24 Vdc 0 IDCS- OZ 24VAC RED Amp -hour capacity: 18 Ah maximum sealed w IN E1 BLACK lead acid batteries only INITIATING DEVICE CIRCUITS [2] 131 [g) [11) 0 0 F2 0 Class B (Style B) or Class A (Style D) T81 Operating voltage: 16.3 - 25.7 Vdc Operating current; 1.5 mAlcircuft, max 12 Vdc 12 Vdc Circuit Impedance: 13 R, 0.03 pF, max Battery Battery EOLR: 4.7 kn. 1/2 W (P/N EOL4.7) Nole: Standby batteries larger than 7 Ah must be Installed In a BC-2 battery cabinet. EOLR RECEIVED FEB 14 2003 0 W Jumper Setting Description Normal made PRG Q Programming mode EM NAC1 and NAC2 = Class B JPIA6JP6A NACU = Class A Out NAC2 = Class A Return I U IOC1 and IDC2 = Class B JP3A&JP2A IOC I = Class A Out IDC2 = Class A Return a IDC3 and IDC4 = Class B JP4A BJPSA IDC3 = Class A Out99IOC4 = Class A Return PRG E3 TB3 0 0 JP3A & JP2A 0 0a0 JP4A 8 JPSA e 02/11/2003 15:53 FAX 941 753 1806 EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECH. Z 003 Jumper settings and wiring diagrams REMOTE MODULE AND REMOTE RELAY WIRING (6) C- C+ 24VDC+ 24VDC- TYPICAL FOUR -WIRE SMOKE DETECTOR CIRCUIT (2) jd) M IDC1« 24VDCs UUULC LISTED 2 2 EOL RELAY sLOn :f. rJL •E_: L'_3. 1JP.rut. e. Nl` •" •:inn:: .'..`.. rlh._ti 1 1 Keep power -limited wiring In the shaded area and nonpowerlimited wiring in the unshaded area at all limes. 24VDC- (shown energized) IDC1- 16) Requires continuous 24 Vde from the AUX Power 4.7 M terminals or a power -limited UUULC listed compatible tiro signaling power supply WATERF.LOW l SUPERVISORY COMBINATION CIRCUIT.)4) (6) M IDC circuits do not support alarm verification using four- M, ikf2r 3.G kin wire smokes. Requires reseffable 24 Vdc from AUX a- 1.1 a WF - WF SS` SS i Power terminals. 6) Combination circuits consist of wwalertiow switches (WF) and their associated valve tampers (SS). NOTES 191 Automatic and manually activated alarm InWatirg devices can be installed on the same IDC circuit 1 All wiring is power -limited except forAC power and battery wring. All wiring regardless of circuit type except for combination circuits is supervised unless noted otherwise. option 6, selling 6 and 6) 2) Class A wiring riot supportod 110) Relay circuits can only be connected to power -limited 131 Listed EOLRs must be Installed as shown for proper supervision sources 14) For UL installations use EOLR PIN EOL3.6-1.1 which Includes one 1.1 kn 1111 Installation limits under)urisdictitn of local authority PIN EOLIA) and one 3.6 kR (PIN EOL3.6) resistor. For ULC installations 112) Refer to the FireShleld Technical Reference Manuel use EOL-P1 and select the 1.1 kn and 3.6 kn resistors. PIN 310D353) for the topic 'Installing the FSDACr 15) Marking indicates output signal polarity when the circuit is active. Polarity reverses when the circuit is not aclivo. Wino notification appliances accordingly. Notification appliance polarity shown in active stale. CA FireShield Technical Reference Manual SMALL BUILDING LIFE SAFETY SOLUTIONS MM FireShield Fire Alarm Control Panels Fire Dept. Finallnspr Easy to install Simple to operate No -fuss programming Integrated DACT/ Dialer Available in 3, 5, and 10 IDC models Ideal for all small building applications Economical fire detection from the most trusted name in life safety for over 130 years." RECEIVED FEB 15f4 A>03 EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY rid Location: Flower shop Environment: Finely decorated, gentle hues Solution: FireShield remote annunciators, Genesis horn -strobes FireShield remote zone and system annunciators mount to standard electrical boxes and present a clean, finished appearance that blends discretely with any decor. Reliability you've come to e: FireShield fire alarm control panels demonstrate that value does not have to come at the expense of quality, and that small build- ing owners don't have to settle for second-rate fire protection. With FireShield comes a full lineup of advanced features designed expressly for new and retrofit projects that cry out for simplicity, yet need state-of-the-art protection. These two attributes aren't mutually exclusive in a fire alarm control panel. At least not now. FireShield takes the very best conventional fire alarm technology available today and blends it together with features that benefit installers, contractors, building owners and occupants to provide on effective and economical solution for all small building needs. Building owners like FireShield'spriceandthepieceofmind IN, comes from (snowing their property is protected by equipment engineered and manufactured by the some people responsible for fire protection in some of the most valuable buildings on the planet. For over 130 years the Edwards EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY J pect from the ind ustry's leader in fire alarm technology.,"" name has been identified with the highest standards in property protection. Our name, and the quality and excellence it has come to represent, stands behind every FireShield control panel. Building occupants are big fans of FireShield even though they may not he aware of its existence. The fact that they don't have to deal with annoying false alarms and buzzing control panels is all it takes to win them over. In fad, FireShield's invisibility is one of its strongest selling points. Designed for rock -solid reliability, these panels are intended to be taken for granted, but can be depended upon to leap into action the moment they're needed. Installers benefit big time from Fireshield's simple setup and intuitive programming. it`s ingenious combination circuits support vraterflow switches and associated tamper switches on a single zone, giving installers the flexibility they need to get the job done quickly and efficiently. 7 V IFLp Front panel programming is also a snap, and one -person device testing — in either audible or silent mode — is like a walk in the park. Contractors get all the advantages FireShield offers to building owners, occupants, and installers — plus the added bonus that goes along with knowing that call-backs are a thing of the past, and that every FireShield installation is a successful installation. Meeting the needs of so many applications with so few parts to stock means that inventories can be kept low while job turnover remains high. That's a combination that makes FireShield the stock -in -trade for success- ful contractors everywhere. With FireShield there is no longer any reason to skimp on fire protection — no matter how small the job is. Full -featured and flexible, FireShield meets the individual needs of small building applications and leaves plenty of room to spare for upgrades and renovations for into the future. Everything you need in small building fire alarm control. Nothing you don't... Programming buttons Fully integrated DACT/dialer supports uploading discretely hidden from or downloading of system configuration, status, view and event history, and also acts as a 32-character alphanumeric display. On -board relays for Alarm, Supervisory and Trouble Expandable Power Supply Optional Features: City Tie and Reverse Polarity Modules DACT/Dialer Remote System and Zone Indicators Trim ring for semi -flush mounting Remote Relay Module Wallboxes available with red finish NACs programmable by zone and individu- ally selectable for con- tinuous, temporal, or Genesis independent horn control outputs. IDCs supports EC Series detectors. Easy access terminal blocks Combination Waterflow and Supervisory IDCs. IDC or NAC pairs convertible to single Class A circuits v _ v y 000 Initiating Device Circuits - IDCs 11 Class B_ Available combinations shown of right) € Class A Notification Appliance Circuits - NACs Class B Available combinations shown of right) Class A Al Power Supply W NAC Voltage Rating Maximum NAC current AC Input 120 Vac 60 Hz 230 Vac 50/60Hz Base Panel Current Draw Standby... Alarm... Panel Battery Charge Capacity (sealed lead acid only) r Auxiliary Current i Auxiliary Output m Current it ating VoltageKtorIDntactnormally open) ontact (Form C) Operating Environment Terminals (wire gauge) _ Asynchronous Serial Communil 6 a y v Maximum per System Current Requirements Voltage Range Maximum Circuit Capacitance Maximum Circuit Resistance Wire Size — Mounting _ Operating Environment Receivers Communications Protocol Programming Telephone Line Connection Telephone Wall I Communications Operating Envin 101 8 61 41 2 1 0' S 3 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 4 2 r 0 12 0 1 2 0 3.0 A exoandable to b.0 A 30 Arm I I Three Class B IDCs 2 0 Two Class B NACs total —2.0 Amps Iota] r 1.5 amps each, 2.5 amps total for NAC 1 + 2 or 3 + 4 1.5 amps each 1.5 amps each 5.0 A w/optional transformer 2.5 amps total 2.5 amps total 1.6 A w/optional transformer 0.8 amps 0.8 amps 0.8 A w/optional transformer 0.4 amps 0.4 amps 145 mA 120 mA 110 mA 250 mA 170 mA 145 mA Up to two 18 Ah batteries Up to two 18 Ah, 7Ah max in cabinet` 0.5 amps max. May be programmed as resetable. 19 to 25.7 Vdc 1.5 mA (Consult detector compatibility list p/n 3100468 for maximum detectors per circuit) Maximum loop resistance: 13 Ohms; Maximum loop capacitance: 0.030 16.3to25.7Vdc 100 30 Vdc @ 1 A (resitive load) Temperature: 32 - 120 F 0 - 49 CT Humidity: 5 - 93% RH, non -condensing 18-12AWG (0.75mm2-2.5mm ) Maximum resistance: 13 Ohms; Maximum capacitance: 0.03 uF note System Indicator ZI Remote All panels: 2 10 zone panel: 4 3 or 5 zone panel: 2 Standby: 12 mA Alarm- 48 mA Standby: 8 mA Alarm: 35 mA Minimum: 21 Vdc; Maximum: 25: Vdc 0. 03 uF 13 Ohms 18 - 12 AWG (0.75 mm2 - 2.5 mm2) ANSI/ NEMA OSI - 19961-3 gong electrical box Temperature: 32 120o F (0-490 C); Humidity: 93% RH, non -condensing Supports two receivers with two phone numbers each Contact ID (SIA DC - 05), 4/2 (SIA DC - 02 P3) Front panel controls or PC with appropriate software Two RJ31X (plug -to -plug) cords supplied with DACT Two or one loop start lines on the public switched telephone network. Pulse or DTMF RJ31X/ CA31X equiv. or RJ38X/CA38X equiv. Communications Canada CS-03; FCC/CFR 47 Parts 15 & 68; NFPA 72; UL 864; ULC 5527-M87 Temperature: 32 - 120 F (0-49 C); Humidity: 93% RH, non -condensing Standby: 40 mA; Alarm: 60 mA Maximum per System 10 zone panel: 4; 3 or 5 zonepanel: 2 All panels: 2 Current Requirements Standby: 8 rrA; Alarm 65 mA Standby: 30 mA; Alarm. 41 mA Voltage Range Minimum: 18 Vdc; Maximum: 27: Vdc Maximum Circuit Capacitance 0.03 uF Maximum Circuit Resistance 13 Ohms Wire Size 18 -12 AWG (0.75 mm - 2.5 mm ) Mounting Single FSRRM mounts in plastic track (included) or up to four FSRRMs in an FSRRM-Sl 1 11 ` track ordered separately. FSRRMs should be installed in an MFC-A or other listed fire alarm enclosure. Operating Environment Temperature: 32 - 1200 F (0-490 C); Humidity: 93% RH, non -condensing Dimensions 1 2-3/4' W x 3-3/8" H x l-1/2" D (65.9 mm W x 85.7 mm H x 38.1 mm D) SMALL BUILDING LIFE SAFETY SOLUT-IONS FireShield control panels are supported by a complete range of EST equipment engineered to provide a total solution for all your small building needs. t EC Series Conventional Detectors... Lo An outstanding price/performance buy, these heat and photoelectric detectors offer the kind of reliability you've come to expect from EST. Genesis Horns and Strobes... Ultra -slim single and multi -candela strobes, horns and combination devices that bring high performance features and eye -pleasing elegance to every application. Contact your EST equipment supplier for details concerning any of these products: or visit our website at www.est.net. USA Soles Sarasota, FL Phone:941-739-4638 Fax: 941-727-1214 www.est.net Canada Sales Owen Sound, On Phone:519-376-2430 Fax: 519-372-2705 www.edwards.m International Sales Toronto, Canada Phone:905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 www.eslinternalional.com Genesis and FireShield are trademarks of Edwards Systems Technology Corporate Headquarters, EST 90 Fieldstone Court, Cheshire, CT US Manufacturing, EST Pittsfield, ME & Newport, ME A product of EST Marketing, Sarasota, FL: 85005-0119 EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY FireShield Conventional Fire Alarm Control Systems Features Available in 3, 5, and 10 IDC models IDC or NAC pairs convertible to single Class A circuits (10 and 5 IDC panels only) Supports 2M, "EC" and 6200 Series detectors Combination Waterflow and Supervisory IDCs NACs programmable by zone and individually selectable for Genesis, continuous, ortemporal outputs Front panel programmable PC programmable with optional DACT installed Genesis option allows precision synchronization and audible silence over two wires without additional modules On -board relays for Alarm, Supervisory and Trouble Optional serial bus relay modules are programmable for common or zone activation Optional serial bus remote annunciator One person device testing (audible or silent) Expandable power supply (10 IDC panel only) Optional City Tie and Reverse Polarity Modules Optional trim ring for semi -flush mounting Optional fully integrated DACT/Dialer with: 32-characterLCDdisplay Event history log Supports Contact ID and SIA DCS 4/2 Upload/download of Panel/DACT configuration, status and event history FS302 FS502 cr, Description CONTROL PANELS FS1004 The FireShield fire alarm family consists of 3, 5 and 10 zone con- ventional fire alarm control panels, an integrated DACT/Dialer, serial annunciator modules, and serial remote relay modules. All of these components are microprocessor -control led. The Fire Shield family is ideal for both new and retrofit installations alike. FireShield incorporates features designed to simplify installation, operation and maintenance. These include front panel program- ming, one person walk testing, and selectable IDC and NAC types FireShield panels are powerful enough to meet the demands of today's installations while leaving plenty of room to grow in the future. FS502 and FS1004 panels support Class A operation by combining pairs of on -board IDCs or NACs to provide the necessary circuits. For example, the FS 1004 comes factory set to support 10 Class B IDCs and four NACs. But it can be field -configured to provide five Class A IDCs, no Class B IDCs, and two Class A NACs— or any other combination of circuits thatfall within the circuit -pairing parameters. FS1004 FS502 FS302 Class B IDCs Up to 10 Up to 5 3 Class A IDCs Up to 5 Up to 2 Not supported Class B NACs Up to 4 Up to 2 2 Class A NACs Up to 2 1 Not supported NAC Power 2.5 exp to 5 amps 2.5 amps 1.5 amps Auxiliary power 0.5 amps 0.5 amps 0.5amps Nate: Class Aoperationwillreducethe number ofavailableClass 8IDCSandlor NACs, depending on the panel configuration. See Specifications on page 5for details. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY U.S. SALES: SARASOTA, FL941-739-4200, FAX941-727-0740 • CANADA SALES: OWEN SOUND, ON 519-376-2430, FAX519-376-7258 INTERNATIONAL SALES: 905-270-1711; FAX905-270-9553 • CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS: CHESHIRE, CT • U.S. MANUFACTURING: PITTSFIELD and NEWPORT, ME Issue 2. 1 Literature Sheet #85005-0118 Page 1 of 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net. Options Off -premise communication A fully integrated FireShield DACT/dialer is available for reporting events to a monitoring facility. The DACT also supports uploading or downloading of system configuration, status and event history. The DACT is programmable for either single or dual line opera- tion. It also supports split and dual reporting for two digital alarm receivers. The DACT brings additional features to the panel including a 32-character alphanumeric LCD display, local or remote PC programming and an event history log. Modules are also available for City Tie (CTM4.7) and Reverse Polarity (RPM) connections. Remote Annunciators and Relays The serial bus standard on all FireShield models is another installation time-saver. This circuit allows the connection of Remote System Indicators (FSRSI), Remote Zone Indicators (FSRZI-A) and Remote Relay Modules (FSRRM) over a four -wire (data and power) circuit. Annunciator and relay modules can be installed up to 1,000 feetfrom the panel on 18-gauge wire. Application FireShield provides smoke and fire detection, occupant notification and off -premises signalingfor small -to medium-sized buildings. Each IDC can be configured for either Class B or Class A operation and one of eight operating modes: Alarm —without smoke detector verification; Alarm —with smoke detector verification, and instant activation of contact devices; FS1004 Panel Operation Operators' Interface Control of the panel's operation is both simple and intuitive. While the LEDs and optional LCD are visible with the panel door closed, the door and bezel block access to the controls. With the door open the following controls are available: The FS 1 DD4 provides ten zones of control plusoptional LCD display. Waterflow Alarm — no retard; Waterflow Alarm — with 15second retard; Combination Waterflow (no retard) and Supervi- FS502 sory; Combination Waterflow (retard) and Supervisory; Supervisory ( Latching); Monitor — for monitoring devices otherthan alarm or supervisory such as fire doors or fire dampers. NACs may also be configured for either Class B or Class A operation. Additionally, NACs can be individually configured for one of three outputs. These are Genesis, Continuous or Temporal. The Genesis selection allows independent horn control over two wires and provides precision synchroniza- tion for Genesis devices, all without the need for a Genesis Signal Master accessory. When configured for Genesis notification appliances, FireShield' sAlarm Silencefunction will silence connected Genesis audible appliances but Genesis strobes will remain active until the panel is reset. When Genesis Mode is selected, both the horns and strobes on Genesis and Enhanced Integrity notifica- tion appliances will be synchronized across all NACs. The FS502provides five zones of control plusoptionalLCD display. Reset — used to reset the panel; Signal Silence and Drill — used to silence notification appliances or activate the drill function; Panel Silence — silences the buzzer on the panel and the remote trouble unit; Remote Disconnect— disables the DACT, or, if no DACT installed, disables the panel's alarm relay; Walk Test— activates the panel's silent and audible walk test mode. Thefollowing system LEDs displaythe panel's status: Alarm — panel is in the alarm state; Trouble — panel is in the trouble state; Supervisory— panel is in the supervisory state; Power— indicates the status of the AC power source; Disable — indicates when any IDC, NAC, relay or the DACT are disabled; Annunciator Trouble — indicates trouble on the remote annunciator bus; Battery Trouble — indicates battery or charging problems; Ground Fault — indicates a short between any panel circuit and ground; Walk Test— indicates that one or more IDCs are in the walk test mode; Alarms Silenced —indicates that the panel is in the alarm state with one or more NACs silenced. Each IDC has a disable switch and three LEDs: Alarm — red— indicates that the IDC is in the alarm state; Trouble — yellow —indicates that the IDC is in the trouble state or is disabled (when flashing); Supervisory/ Monitor—yellow— indicates thatthe IDC is in the supervisory state orthe monitor state whenflashing). Each NAC also has a disable switch and a trouble/ disable LED. Status indication with the DACT/Dialer installed The dialer's LCD display provides two lines x 16 characters of text. For programming, the top line displays the programming step and the lower line displays the selected option. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY Page 2 of 6 Literature Sheet *85005-0118 Issue 2.1 Not to be used for installation purposes. For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net. DACT/Dialer The optional DACT/Dialer is a multifunction modulethatpro communications, modem cap and LCD display functions. Its function is as a Digital Alarm C cator Transmitter (DACT). As a transmits event messages to a idesv( DACR) ability, primary ommuni- DACT, it Digital Al armCommunlcatorRecelver TheDACT/Dialerinstallsbehind the front panel display. at a monitoring facility. The monitoring facility then notifies the fire department and other responsible parties of the event. Programmable options include o single or dual line operation, and split or dual reporting to two DACRs. The FSRSI can be installed alone or with one or more FSRZI-As. The FSRSI and FSRZI-A require trim plates ordered separately). These are available in one,two or three gang models. Each panel will supporttwo FSRSIs. The DACT module can also be used as a modem to connect the panel to both local and remote computers for uploading and downloading of configuration data (programming), panel status and event history. For security, the modem can be configured to accept programming on incoming calls or it can be required to call a preprogrammed number before accepting downloads and sending uploads. The DACT module can be configured to work as all of the above, or as only an LCD display or LCD display and modem. Remote Annunciators FireShie/dfamily has several remote annunciation options. The serial remote annunciator bus can be run up to 1000 feet (305 m) on untwisted non -shielded 18-gauge cable. Several annunciator models round out the family to provide a range of features and functions. As many as three annunciator modules may be mounted in a standard electrical box, sharing an attractive trim plate that blends with any decor. Comparable ele=tr l box LW'\\\—o v Remote Relay Module m` The Remote Relay Module mounts on a plastic track inside an MFC-Acabinet. Up to 4 RRMs can be mounted in an FSRRM- S 11 snap track. Up to two FSRRM-Sits can be mounted s_ in an MFC-A. The Remote Relay Module (FSRRM) is one component of the system that sets FireShieid apart from other panels in its class. This module has five Form C relays rated at 1 amp each. It can be configured to function in either a zone relay mode or a common system mode. When configured in the zone relay mode, relays energize when the associated IDC is active. The module can be configured for activation by IDCs 1 through 5 or IDCs 6 through 10. One relay is automatically associated with each IDC. When configured in the common system mode, relays energize or de- energize when the panel T. °N°°"°° changes state. One relay is FFFCommunxatm m. LomnunraTwn oul. LMo,",. available for each of the following functions: Alarm, Pav"- Supervisory, Trouble, Power Loss, Monitor. NV IN c N c OUT OUT ] OUT 1 M. NO pGUNL NO L NL x NO L Nc NO Nc N. L NL Pow oN- P. on. To — — Remote System Indicator ( FSRSI) The FSRSI is ideal for common system a : annunciation. It includes five LEDs and a local silence/ lamp test switch. 0 0 The LEDs inch power status, supervisory, t and ground fa The silence s will silence the o 0 onboard trou buzzer if active switch can ram. be used to j` initiate a la test of the L on all Conn FSRSIs and FSRZI- As. cate alarm, rouble ult. witch ble The also mp EDs ected The FSRRM mounts on a plastic snap track and can be installed in an MFC-A or other listed fire alarm enclosure. The panel will support two RRMs of each configuration for a total of six on the 10-zone panel. Remote Zone through 10. The panel can support two l Il modules programmed you for each selection. Indicator FSRZI- A) F=:;, The FSRZI-A is used to indicate zonesinthe alarm state. It contains five red LEDs. Depend- ing on the jumper setting selected, the LEDs will indicate either IDCs 1 through 5 or IDCs 6 EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY Issue 2.1 Literature Sheet #85005-0116 Page 3 of 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net. Pane! Layout Power Connections Main AC wiring blr and fuseholder Dual lransfo AC wrong bl Te wrap m L' O Fmm 120 Vac, 15 A, 60 F1z Ded-ted branch cimuil OR— Fmm 230 Vac, 15 A. 50/60 Ftr Dadlcalepd branch cimuR N L Plug mnne O Main AC wiring block and fuse holder: Provides connections for 120 or 230 volt AC (primary power) from dedicated service. Includes primary power fuse (5 Amp). Dual Transformer AC wiring block: Ten -zone panel only. Provides connections between primary side of both main and expander transformer and 120 or 230 volt AC (fused primary power). Transformer: Changes 120 or 230 volt AC supply voltage to 24 volt AC. O Power expander transformer (XTR): Optional. Available for the ten -zone panel only. Provides additional primary power to increase the available NAC current for the ten -zone panel. O Main circuit board: Provides connections for all circuits. Also includes the operator interface. 00perator Interface: Includes operator controls, LED indicators and circuit identification labels. O Cabinet enclosure: Houses the panel electronics and standby batteries. In some cases the batteries may be housed in an external battery cabinet (BC2). O Standby batteries: Provide Secondary/Standby power to the panel electronics in the absence of primary power. OTie wrap mounts: Used to secure wires and to help maintain proper separation between power -limited and nonpower- limited conductors. Dimensions Model D1* D2 D3 D4 D5* Three- 8 16.5 in 3.75 in 9.13 in 10.5 in 14.23 in five- zone 41.9 cm) 9.5 cm) 23.2 cm) 26.67 cm) 36.14 cm) Ten -zone 23.65 in 3.75 in 7.75 in 21.27 in 16.25 in 60 cm) 9.5 cm) 19.7 cm) 54.0 cm) 41.27 cm) Add 11/2 inches (3.81 cm) to D1 and D5 dimensions for trim kit. FBI 0 D4 EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY Page 4 of 6 Literature Sheet #85005-0118 Not to be used for installation purposes. For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net. Issue 2.1 Specifications Control Panels FS1004 FS502 FS302 Initiating Device Circuits - IDCs Available combinations shown at right) Class B Class A 10 0 8 1 6 2 4 3 2 4 0 5 5 0 3 1 1 2 Three Class B IDCs Notification Appliance Circuits - NACs Available combinations shown at right) Class B Class A 4 0 2 1 0 2 2 0 0 1 Two Class B NACs Power Supply 3.0 A expandable to 6.0 A 3.0 amps total 2.0 amps total NAC Voltage Rating 24 Vfwr Maximum NAC current 1.5 amps each,2.5 amps total for NAC 1 + 2 or 3 + 4 5.0 A w/ optional transformer 1.5 amps each 2.5 amps total 1.5 amps each 1.5 amps total AC Input 120 Vac 60 Hz... 230 Vac 50/601-lz... 1.6 A w/ optional transformer 0.8 A w/ optional transformer 0.8 amps 0.4 amps 0.8 amps 0.4 amps Base Panel Current Draw Standby... Alarm... 145 mA 250 mA 120 mA 170 mA 110 mA 145 mA Panel Battery Charge Capacity (sealed lead acid only) Up to two 18 Ah batteries Up to 18 Ah, 7Ah max in cabinet Auxiliary Current 0.5 amps max. May be programmed as resetable. Auxiliary Output 19 to 25.7 Vdc IDC Alarm Current 1.5 mA (Consult detector compatibility list p/n 3100468 for maximum detectors per circuit) IDC Circuit Maximum loop resistance: 13 Ohms; Maximum loop capacitance: 0.03NF IDC Operating Voltage 16.3 to 25.7 Vdc UL Detector ID 100 Alarm Contact (normally open) 30 Vdc @ 1 A (resistive load) Trouble Contact (Form C) Supervisory Contact (normally open) Operating Environment Temperature: 32 - 120° F (0 - 49° C); Humidity: 5 - 93% RH, non -condensing Terminals (wire gauge) 18 - 12 AWG (0.75 mm2 - 2.5 mm2) Asynchronous Serial Communications Maximum resistance: 13 Ohms; Maximum capacitance: 0.03NF f larger batteries are required, use the BC-2 battery cabinet. See installation sheet 3100027 for details. DACT-FSDACT (mounts in panel) Receivers Supports two receivers with two phone numbers each Communications Protocol Contact ID (SIA DC-05), 4/2 (SIA DC-02 P3) Programming Front panel controls or PC with appropriate software Telephone line connection Two RJ31X (plug -to -plug) cords supplied with DACT Telephone lines Two or one loop start lines on the public switched telephone network. Pulse or DTMF. Telephone wall connector RJ31X/CA31X equiv. or RJ38X/CA38X equiv. Communications Compliance Communications Canada CS-03; FCC/CFR 47 Parts 15 & 68; NFPA 72; UL 864; ULC S527-M87 Operating Environment Temperature: 32-120° F (0-49" C); Humidity: 93% RH, non -condensing Current requirements Standby: 40 mA; Alarm: 60 mA Remote Annunciators FSRSI Remote System Indicator FSRZI-A Remote Zone Indicator Maximum per System Allpanels: 2 10 zone panel: 4 3 or 5 zone panel: 2 Current Requirements Standby: 12 mA Alarm: 48 mA Standby: 8 mA Alarm 35 mA Voltage Range Minimum: 21 Vdc; Maximum: 25 Vdc Maximum Circuit Capacitance 0.03 pF Maximum Circuit Resistance 13 Ohms Wire Size 18 - 12 AWG (0.75 mmz - 2.5 mm2) Mounting ANSI/NEMA OS1-1996 1-3 gang electrical box Operating Environment Temperature: 32 - 120" F (0 - 49" C); Humidity: 93% RH, non -condensing Remote Relay Module - FSRRM Configured for Zone Mode Configured for Common Mode Maximum per system 10 zone panel: 4; 3 or 5 zone panel: 2 All panels: 2 Current Requirements Standby: 8 mA; Alarm: 65 mA Standby: 30 mA; Alarm: 41 mA Voltage Range Minimum: 18 Vdc; Maximum: 27 Vdc Maximum Circuit Capacitance 0.03NF Maximum Circuit Resistance 13 Ohms Wire Size 18 - 12 AWG 10.75 mm2 - 2.5 mm2) Mounting Single FSRRM mounts in plastic track (included) or up to four FSRRMs in an FSRRM-S11 11" track ordered separately. FSRRMs should be installed in an MFC-A or other listed fire alarm enclosure. Operating Environment Temperature: 32 - 120' F (0 - 49' C); Humidity: 93% RH, non -condensing Dimensions 2-3/4" W x 3-3/8" H x 1-1/2" D (65.9 mm W x 85.7 mm H x 38.1 mm D) EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY Issue 2.1 Literature Sheet #85005-0118 Page 5 of 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net. Ordering Information Part Number Description Ship Wt. lb. (kg.) Control Panels EST-FS1004* Conventional Fire Alarm Control Panel - 10 Class B IDCs and 4 Class B NACs Pairs of IDCs and NACs convertible to single Class A circuits), 120 Vac 30.5 (13.8) EST-FS1004-2 Conventional Fire Alarm Control Panel - 10 Class B IDCs and 4 Class B NACs Pairs of IDCs and NACs convertible to single Class A circuits), 230 Vac. Grey cabinet. 30.5 (13.8) EST-FS502* Conventional Fire Alarm Control Panel - 5 Class B IDCs and 2 Class B NACs Pairs of IDCs and NACs convertible to single Class A circuits), 120 Vac 18.5 (8.4) EST-FS502-2 Conventional Fire Alarm Control Panel - 5 Class B IDCs and 2 Class B NACs Pairs of IDCs and NACs convertible to single Class A circuits), 230 Vac. Grey cabinet. 18.5 (8.4) EST-FS302* Conventional Fire Alarm Control Panel - 3 Class B IDCs and 2 Class B NACs, 120 Vac 18.0(8.2) EST-FS302*-2 Conventional Fire Alarm Control Panel - 3 Class B IDCs and 2 Class B NACs, 230 Vac 18.0 (8.2 FSTRIM35* Semi -flush trim ring for FS302 and FS502 1.7 (0.8) FSTRIM10* Semi -flush trim ring for FS1004 2.2(1.0) Insert "G" for Gray cabinet or "R" for Red cabinet. Insert "GP'tor French language (grey cabinets, 120 volt models only). Related Items XTRA3A120 Expander Transformer, 120 Vac - For FS1004* only 4.0 (1.8) XTRA3A230 Expander Transformer, 230 Vac - For FS1004*-2 only 4.0 (1.8) FSCDF35 Electrical terminal shield for 3 & 5 IDC panels. Required for all installations in Canada 1.0 (0.5) FSCDF10 Electrical terminal shield for 10 IDC panels. Required for all installations in Canada 2.0 (0.9) EOL3.6-1.1 Required UL listed End of Line Resistors - One 3.6K Ohm and one 1.1 K Ohm. One required for each IDC configured as combination waterflow and supervisory. 0.1 (0.5) EOL-P1 Required ULC End of Line Resistor Plate - includes one 1.1K, 3.6K and 4.7K Ohm resistor 1.0 (0.5) Off Premises Communications FSDACT Digital Communicator/Modem/LCD module (Mounts in control panel) 1.0(0.5) CTM4.7 City Tie Module (Requires 4" square or 2-gang North American electrical box) 1.0 (0.5) RPM Reverse Polarity Module (Requires MFC-A or other listed fire alarm enclosure) 3.0 (1.4 Remote Annunciation FSRSI Remote System Indicator - Includes LEDs for display of Power, Alarm, Supervisory, Trouble and Ground Fault, trouble sounder and silence/lamp test switch. Single gang trim plate included, multi -gang plates ordered separately. Mounts in a single or multi -gang North American electrical box. 0.3 (0.1) FSRZI-A Remote Zone Indicator - Includes LEDs for five IDCs. Single gange trim plate included, multi -gang plates ordered separately. Mounts in single or multi -gang North American electrical box. 0.3 (0.1) FSAT2 Annunciator Trim Plate, 2 gang with FireShield Logo 0.1 (0.05) FSAT3 Annunciator Trim Plate, 3 gang with FireShield Logo 0.1 0.05 Remote Relay ModuleRemote Remote Relay Module - Five Form C relays. Configurable for IDCs 1-5, or 6-10, or commonFSRRMsystemindications. Requires MFC-A or other listed fire alarm enclosure. 0.4 (0.2) FSRRM-S11 11" Mounting track. Holds up to 4 FSRRMs. 0.4 (0.2 Accessories MFC-A Multi -function Cabinent (fire alarm accessory enclosure) 7.0(3.2) BC-2 Grey Battery Cabinet (holds two 18 Ah batteries) 12.0(5.4) BC-213 Red Battery Cabinet (holds two 18 Ah batteries) 12.0 (5.4) Batteries 12V4 4Ah Sealed Lead Acid Battery - 12 Vdc (2 required) 5.0 (2.3) 12V6 6.5 Ah Sealed Lead Acid Battery - 12 Vdc (2 required) 6.0 (2.7) 12V10 10 Ah Sealed Lead Acid Battery - 12 Vdc (2 required) 10.0 (4.5 12\117 17 Ah Sealed Lead Acid Battery - 12 Vdc (2 required) 13.0 (5.9) EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY It is our intention to keep the product information current and accurate. We cannot cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information or questions relative to this Specification Sheet, contact EST. C 2002 EST Printed in U.S.A. Page 6 of 6 Literature Sheet M85005-0118 Issue 2.1 Not to be used for installation purposes. For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net. z EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY Low -profile Mug -in Photoelectric Detector EC3DU-3 Features Sensitive to visible and invisible products of combustion Finelytuned to sense allfire types, especially slow burning, smoldering fires fuelled by combustibles typicallyfound in modern multi -use buildings. Stable, reliable design Uses the light scattering principle for smoke detection and is not affected by air movement. Non -polarized Simplifies installation of field wiring Simple to install, difficult to vandalize Twist -and -lock design saves installation and maintenance time. Field -configurable locking mechanism prevents unauthorized removal. Flexible mounting options Compatible standard base mounts to 1-gang, 4" octagonal, BESA, or European single -gang boxes. At -a -glance alarm indication An on -board high -intensity LED glows bright red when the unit is in alarm, making alarm response a simple and straightforward operation. Easy to maintain Removable housing and insect mesh facilitates cleaning. Attractive appearance with clean, modern lines Low -profile design blends easily with surroundings, extending less than 21/2" (61 mm) from the ceiling, including base. Description EC30U-3low-profile plug-in photoelectric detectors measure -up to the quality and performance standards that have made ESTfire detection products the industry's best price -performance buy available today. Meticulously engineered to deliver high-perfor- mancefeatures, superb reliability, and unbeatable quality, the EC30U-3 is a low-cost solution for conventional detection applica- tions. The EC30U-3 distinguishes itself as a performance leader in its class with its highly stable design that resists air movements caused by heating and air conditioning; and changing environ- mental conditions. This makes it a reliable performer ideally suited to modern building interiors. CONVENTIONAL INITIATING UDEVICES Shown with baser ordered separately °`' tmw!&4% Allp 4 L The installation and maintenance advantages of the EC30U-3 add value to this detector throughout its service life. Its twist -and -lock design makes shortworkof installation and maintenance opera- tions. A plastic breakout on the detector housing optionally prevents removal from the base except with a special tool. A bright, easy -to -see LED on the detector glows steady when it is in alarm,thus eliminating much of the guessworkwhen responding to front -panel indications. If a detector is removed for any reason while the panel is in its normal state, a zone trouble condition will result. This ensures the integrity of the alarm system at all times. EC30U- 3 detectors are manufactured to strict international ISO9001 standards. All electronics employ surface mounttechnol- ogy ( SMT) for smaller size and greater immunity to RF noise. A corrosion- resistent conformal coating is used to seal components against dust and humidity. Application Thanksto its high-performance photoelectric sensor,the EC30U-3 responds quickly and reliably to all fire types, especially slow burning fires fuelled by combustibles typicallyfound in modern multi - use buildings. Particles as small as 0.5 microns will be detected bythe sensing element, triggering an alarm atthefirst sign of smoke. EST recommends that all detectors be installed according to the latest recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY U. S. SALES: SARASOTA, FL941 739-4200; FAX941-727-0740 • CANADA SALES: OWEN SOUND, ON 519-376-2430; FAX 519376-7258 1 NTERNATIONAL SALES: 905-270-1711; FAX905-270-9553 CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS: CHESHIRE, C T • U.S. MANUFACTURING: PrFFSFIELD and NEWPORT, ME Issue 1.1 - Literature Sheet #85001-0552 Page 1 of 2 Not to be used for installation purposes. For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net. Compatibility Panel model Zone model Maximum Detectors Zone ID UL ULC UL I ULC QuickStart ZA8-2, ZB16-4 40 30 100 EST1-2Z3, -2Z3R, -2Z6, -2ZR 462213-2101, -2102, -2104, - 2105 40 00 EST3 IDC8/4 48 30 00 1 0.0 LSS4/12(R), LSS4/36(R), LSS4/52(R) 8ZEXP, 4CLA, Motherboard 48 0.0 LSS4(R) 4ZEXP 48 0.0 IRC-3 130108,240113,240119 48 3289B 130082, 48 3289A 240124 (RZB12-6 only) 48 5389 FCC 130108, 240113, 240119 48 3289B 130082 48 3289A FireShield CPU 24 24 100 1 100 MC'il ntLing 2.4" (61 mmj 4.65" (118 mm) EC Series with Standard Base Standard bases mountto thefollowing electrical boxes: North American 31/2 inch octagon boxes North American 4 inch octagon boxes North American 1-gang electrical boxes European 1-gang boxes with 60.3 mmfixing centers r European BESA boxes Wiring The detector mounting bases will accept #18AWG (0.75mm2), #16 1.0mm2),#14AWG (1.5mm2)and #12AWG (2.5mm2)wire sizes. CSBU-1: Standard detector base Provides plug-in ,N,., DVrry, tamper -resistant Fmm.—IP-1 •-. mounting. Includes °,, screwterminalsfor 2 ovr I-1 connection of installa- 0, ...., tion wires. Fmlm 1b -±?, a r+o d J N.,... d B LED IN I—) Specifications Operating Voltage Range 14 - 30 Vdc Normal Operating Current 62 A Alarm Current 100 mA (max.) limited by control panel Sensitivity Range 1.38 - 3.08% obs/ft Test Feature Sensitivity reading using Test/Picker Tool Operating Environment Altitude Not Applicable Temperature 32° F to 100' F (0' C to 38° C) Humidity 20 - 95% RH (non condensing) Air Velocity 0 - 5,000 ft/min (manufacturer rated) 0 - 300 ft/min (UL listed) Storage Environment 32° F to 120° F (0' C to 49° C) Temperature Maximum Spacing 30 ft (9.1 m) centers Construction White molded high -impact fire -retardant plastic UL Compatibility ID A Compatible Bases See Ordering Information Ordering information Model Description Ship Wt. lb (kg) EC30U-3 Low -profile Plug-in Photoelectric Detector 0.25 (0.11) CSBU-1 Standard detector base CSB4U-1 4" Standard detector base CRB4U-1 4" Detector base with relay 0.11 (0.05) CSBU-3 Detector base with resistor C-LED Remote Alarm LED 0.4 (0.18) C-TRIM Trim skirt for standard base 0.4 (0.18) C-PST Detector picker/sensitivity tester 1.4 (0.64) EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY It is our intention to keep the product information current and accurate. We cannot cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subjectto change without notice. For more information or questions relative to this Specification Sheet, contact EST. C' 2002 EST Printed in U.S.A. Page 2 of 2 Literature Sheet #85D01-0552 Issue 1.1 Not to be used for installation purposes. For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY' Fire Alarm Stations 273/279B Series — Non -Coded Features Double action models Single or double pole contacts Terminals or wire leads for field connections Presignal or general alarm operation Key lock or tool reset Break glass operation Surface or semi flush mounting Red finish Contemporary styling s Rugged LEXAN construction Latch action until reset Description The EST Cat. No. 27BB/279B series noncoded fire alarm stations are contemporary styled Lexan stations and are flexibly designed to meet a wide variety of application requirements and opera- tional sequences. The Cat. No. 278B series are double action stations with termi- nals for field wiring connections. The Cat. No. 279B series are double action stations with six inch 150mm) wire leads for field wiring connections. All types can be either presignal or general alarm and are available with single or.double pole alarm contacts which can be normally open, normally closed or a combination of both. Either a key or tool (depending on station selected) is required to reset mechanism. See specification chart for specific catalog numbers and features. Where a manual station is installed on a circuit that also includes smoke detectors, a resistor may be added in series with the alarm initiating contacts on the station so the operation of the station does not extinguish alarm LEDs on operated detectors. The Cat. No's. 276-R and 276-RT series resistor kits permit field installation of the series resistor on applicable stations. For semi flush mounting use a standard North -American four inch square box with a single gang plaster cover having an overall minimum depth of 2-1/4 inch (57mm). For surface mounting use a Cat. No. 276B-RSB surface back box. CONVENTIONAL INITIATING DEVICES FM M EA Operation To initiate an alarm it is necessary to first lift the upper door marked LIFT THEN PULL HANDLE", and then pull the alarm handle. The alarm handle latches in the pulled position until the station is manually reset. To reset, the station is opened using a Cat. No. 276-K1 key supplied with the station, or a tool; the toggle switch is restored to it's normal position, the break glass rod is replaced and the station is reclosed. For presignal type stations, the general alarm can be initiated by authorized personnel from any operated station by inserting a Cat. No. 276-K2 key into the keyswitch behind the alarm handle and turning it clockwise. Guide Form Specifications Furnish and install where indicated on plans, Cat. No. (Select one of the following:) 278B series double action manual stations with screwterminals) 279B series double action manual stations with six inch (150mm) wire leads) - for connection of installation wiring. All stations shall be of the noncoded break glass type. The stations shall be constructed of red lexan with white raised letters. The alarm handle shall be marked "PULL FOR FIRE", to provide simple, concise instructions for activation of station by the general public. It shall be necessary to first lift an upper door marked "LIFT THEN PULL HANDLE" to gain access to the alarm handle. Pulling the alarm handle shall break a glass rod and activate a toggle switch which shall cause the handle to latch in the alarm position. Momentary push button type switches shall not be acceptable. -To reset the.stationit_shal) be necessa_ to_ open. the . station using (select one) (a key) (a special tool), restore the toggle switch to its normal position and replace the glass rod. Stations shall be UL fisted. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY _ U.S. SALES: SARASOTA, FL 941-739-4638; FAX 941-727-1214 • CANADA SALES: OWEN SOUND, ON 519-376-2430; FAX 519-376-7258 INTERNATIONAL SALES: 905-270-1711; FAX 905-270-9553 • CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS: CHESHIRE, CT • U.S. MANUFACTURING: PITTSFIELD, ME Issue 2 Literature Sheet #85001-0227 Page 1 of 2 Accessories Category Number Description 276-GLR Replacement Package of Glass Rods 276-K1 Station Reset Key, Supplied with all Key Reset Stations 276-K2 IGeneral Alarm Key. Must be ordered separately. 276-RT* Series Resistor Kit with Terminal Block. 276E-RSB Surface Back Box, Red. See Ordering Table to determine Kit for specific stations. WARNING: These devices will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruptions, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. Mounting Specifications Contact Ratings General Alarm Switch/Keyswitch Single Pole 3.0 Amps, 30 Vac, Resistive Load1.0 Amps, 28 Vdc, Resistive Load Double Pole 1.5 Amps, 30 Vac, Resistive Load1.0 Amps, 28 Vdc, Resistive Load Cat. No. 276-R and 276-RT 560 Ohms, ±5% Series resistor kits (optional) For stations connected to I2 W smoke detector circuits) Station Housing Red Lexan 940 with White Letters Weight 1 lb (0.4 kg) Front View Semi -Flush San B' 24W 1.7/3214W 2-7/18 91mm) 1Otrd2 m) 161/ e' (31mm) r(35mm) (62mm) F. r) 0 S3na• 132mm) FIRE Surface Cat. No's. 27BB Cat. No's. 278E 8 8 2796 Series 4" square backbox and Cat. No's. 276B-RSB Backbox Cat. No. 2788 plaster cover with single Series With gang opening having 277B 8279B _ optional overall min, depth of Series without Backbox 2-1/4' (57mm) Backbox Ordering Information Table s1rz aamm)-7 12amm) O O CaL No. 276E-RSB Surface Backbox Catalog Field Switch Station Type Agency Series Number Connections Contacts Reset Alarm Approvals Resistor IGt d E Double A o; m a m m q a w d Action Pull O m O` mo° nm K,b Stations 3 o oo.0 U 1Y o aU md Jwa fn a N n 278B- 1110 X X X X X X X X 2788- 1120 X X X X X X X X 27BB- 1210 X X X X X X X 2788- 1220 X X X X X X X 27BB- 1310 X X X X X X X X 2788- 1320 X X X X X X X X 27BB- 1410 X X X X X X X X X 27BB- 1420 X X X X X X X X X 27BB- 2110 X X X X X X X X X X X 2788- 2120 X X X X X X X 27BB- 2310 X X X X X X X X X 27BB- 2320 X X X X X X X X X 2796- 1110 X- X X- X X X X 2796- 1120 X X X X X X X 2796- 1310 X X X X X X X 2796- 1320 I X X X X X X X EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY It is our intention to keep the product information current and accurate. We can not cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subjectto change without notice. For more information or questions relative to this Specification Sheet, contact EST. C 1999 EST Printed in C.S-A. Page 2 of 2 Literature Sheet #85001-0227 Issue 2 Job Name:Blue Bell FIRESHIELD Date:2/11/2003 Creameries Time: 1:55 PM Job #:03-1435 Device Quantity of Standby mA Alarm mA Tot. Device Tot. Device Description Devices Per Device I Per Device I Standby mA I Alarm mA FIRESHIELD 3-ZONE (FS302) 0 110 145 0 0 FIRESHIELD 5-ZONE (FS502) 1 120 170 120 170 FIRESHIELD 10-ZONE (FS1004) 0 145 250 0 0 DACT - FSDACT 1 40 60 40 60 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR - FSRSI 0 12 48 0 0 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR - FSRZI-A 0 8 35 0 0 REMOTE RELAY MODULE - FSRRM (ZONE) 0 8 65 0 0 REMOTE RELAY MODULE - FSRRM (CM) 0 30 41 0 0 160 230 Auxiliary Devices (list all) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Other 0 0 Auxiliary Device Totals 0 0 0 Notification Appliances (list all) 0 N/A 0 N/A 0 0 N/A 0 N/A 0 0 N/A 0 N/A 0 0 N/A 0 N/A 0 0 N/A 0 N/A 0 Other 0 N/A 10 N/A 0 Notification Appliance Totals 0 N/A 0 Summary Section Standby Hrs. Required 60 Alarm Sounding Minutes 5 Total System Standby mA 160 Total System Alarm mA 230 Total System Standby A/H 9.60 Total System Alarm A/H 0.02 Min. A/H Battery Required 9.62 CITY OF SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT FEES FOR SERVICES PHONE # 407-302-1091 * FAX #: 407-330-5677 DATE: I d-3 PERMIT #: 6 !) -1 ZI BUSINESS NAME / PROJECT: 7 V 2 I 1 C re —AM Qr•'S ADDRESS: 00 4 —1/ -yo p / PHONE NO.: - O 644LI — 8 OFAX NO.(O r7 6cic — <rootib CONST. INSP. [ ] C / O INSP.:[ ] REINSPECTION [ ] PLANS REVIEWF. A. F.S. [ ] HOOD [ ] PAINT BOOTH [ BUR PE MIT [ TENT RMIT TANK PERMIT [ ] OTHER fi,,n_ A Anr^. PER UNIT SEE BELOWTOTALFEES. $ . ( ) COMMENTS: 00 Address / Bldg. # / Unit # Square Footage Fees per Bldg. / Unit 2. 4: Or%) — '952po 5. 6. r7. 8. 9. 10. H. 12. 13. 14. (7 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20, Fees must be paid to Sanford Building Department, 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, FI. 32771 Phone # -407- 330-5656. Proof of Payment must be made to Fire Prevention division before any further services can take place. I certify that the above is true and correct and that I will comply with all applicable codes and ordinances of the City of Sanford, Florida. Sanford Fire Prev ion Division pp icant's Signature CITY OF SANFORD MECHANICAL APPLICATION PERMIT NO. ' 'T 1 DATE: I a _)-0 THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY APPLIES FOR A PERMIT TO INSTALL THE FOLLOWING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT: OWNER'S NAME ) l A-e ev,, CI'HCx : Y e1Z;c S ADDRESS OF JOBf 00 - nr Or-, S dd, MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR: rEPCI S4 ` _-Lrk . RESIDENTIAL COMMERCIAL Subject to rules and regulations of Sanford Mechanical Code NATURE OF WORK Valuation: " M, OnC- Application Fee: S10.00 Total 10, t-) e By Signing this application I am stating that I am in compliance with City of Sanford Mechanical Code. n ;11-i " Applicant Signature 01 0, P& o y 9, States License# CITY OF SANFORD PERYHT APPLICATION • 2PermitNo.: Date:/ 11- inh Afr1incQ i !`YrIY •i 1 ,J Permit Type: Building Electrical Mechanical Plumbing -,Mi -A m4WSprjakhi ese 0 -Wink- SIn i kki t`r o,n ki% W E j g`57G—A-4 Additional Information for Electrical & Plumbing Permits Electrical: Addition/Alteration _Change of Service Temporary Pole New AMP Service (# of AMPS ) Plumbing/Residential: Addition/Alteration New Construction (One Closet Plus Additional) Plumbing/Commercial: Number of Fixtures Number of Water & Sewer Drainage Lines Number of Gas Lines Occupancy Type: _Residential Commercial _ Industrial Total Sq Ftg: Type of Construction: Flood Zone: Number of Stories: a-0 Number of Dwelling Units: Parcel No.: (Attach Proof of Ownership & Legal Description) raven-errAndressrnhb e: I 1 o F i> e C (. Ca yea" ew3 L/4 7 - 3a 3 - `7 3 -7 3 C tract Address/Phone: A EA ' 2 -r0 7EC % l Ue- S YS - 0 (Vol it /a Contact Person: t- iof - 1 a - q aoU C)ZZ ne & Fax Number: _ Title Holder (If other than Owner): Address: Bonding Company: Address: Mortgage Lender: Address: Architect/ Engineer Address: Phone No.: Fax No.: Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for ELECTRICAL WORK, PLUMBING, SIGNS, WELLS, POOLS, FURNACES, BOILERS, HEATERS, TANKS, and AIR CONDITIONERS, etc. OWNER' S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, ;here may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be found in the public records of this county, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies. Acceptance of permit is verification that I will notify the owner of the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. Signature of Owner/Agent Date Print Owner/Agent's Name Signature of Notary -State of Florida Date Owner/ Agent is Produced ID Personally Known to Me or 1119, tractor/Agent `ter 1 0SyakAoZ k0(N2 mt- Eontra 0rr 3- Name01 ature of Notary -State of Florida Date FIARENCE A. DE GRAVE MY COMMISSION f DD 164M EXPIRES: November 12, 2W6 BNdW TAN UP AMtuy SOIVICO7 Contractor/ Agent is Personally Known to Me or Produced ID MQ2- ( oSlo -ln- CQ0-Q I APPLICATION APPROVED BY: /`f Date: ') - all - G Special Conditions: CITY OF SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT FEES FOR SERVICES PHONE # 407-'302-1d91 * FAX #: 407-330-5677 DATE: a? g d3 PERMIT#: n':)r( Zl BUSINESS NAME / PROJECT: &ye— 13e11 GC ADDRESS: SOo Cwpco n S" j4;e- 1 PHONE NO.: FAX NO.: CONST. INSP. [ ] C / 0 INSP.:[ ] REINSPECTION [ 1 PLANS REVIEW [ ] F. A. ,[< F.S. [ ] HOOD [ ] PAINT BOOTH [ ] BURN PERMIT [ ] TENT PERMIT I ] TANK PERMIT [ ] OTHER [ ] TOTAL FEES: $ —Sc (PER UNIT SEE BELOW) COMMENTS: Address / Bldg. # / Unit # Square Footage Fees per Bldg. / Unit 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11, 12. 13. 14, 15. 16. 17. 18, 19. 20. Fees must be paid to Sanford Building Department, 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, FI. 32771 Phone # -407- 330- S6SI Proof Payment must be made to Fire Prevention division before any further services can take place. I certify that the above is true and correct and that I will comply with all applicable codes and ordinances of the City of Sanford, Florida. Sanford Fir"rtvention Division App is Si nature r ' SANFpRD BUILDING DEFT, THESE PLANS ARE REVIEWED AND CONDITIONALLYACCEPTEDFORPERMIT. A PERMIT ISSUED SHALL BECONSTRUEDTOBFALICENSETOPROCEEDWITHTHEWORKANpNOTASAUTHORITYTOVIOLATE, CANCEL. ALTER, OR SET ASIDE ANY OF THEPROVISIONSOFTHETECHNICALCODES, NOR SHALLISSUANCEOFAPERMITPPEVENTTHEBUILDINGrIONaU4THFREAFTI_ R F+ECUIRING A CORREC- TION li Ft.C,:,c UN THE PLANS, CONSTRUCTIONOROTHrR 'vujl-'1T!C"1 OF ..HC COOES. d f qze- SUBMITTAL PACKA FOR THE AFA Protective Systems, Inc. 1255 LaQuinta Drive Suite 100A Orlando, Florida 32809 License #EF0001 166 407.812.9200 Fox 407.812.9205 SPRINKLER MONITORING SYSTEM AT BLUE BELL CREAMERIES 500 GORDON ST. SANFORD, FLORIDA PLANS REVIEWED CITY OF SANFORD 440 OFFICE Copy - PERMIT #offimio www.pfoprolectivesystems.com Connecticut • Delowore • Florida • Georgia • Moine • Morylond • Mossochusetts • North Corolino • New Hampshire New Jersey • New York • Pennsylvonio • Rhode Island • South Corolino • Vermont • Virginia Table of Contents — Sprinkler Monitoring System 1. AFA Protective Systems, Inc. State EF License 2. AFA Protective Systems, Inc. Occupational License 3. AFA Protective Systems, Inc. Certificate Of Insurance 4. AFA Protective Systems, Inc. UL Certificate Of Compliance 5. Radionics D7412 Fire Control Communicator 6. Notifier NBG 12 Manual Pull Station 7. DS 250 Series Photo Electric Smoke Detector 8. Notifier/Wheelock NH-12/24R Horn 9. THWN 14/2 (Wet Locations Rated Fire Wire) 10. Eastman Fire Protective Cable — Wire (FPL) 11. Ditek Surge Protection 12. Stand By Battery Calculations ACC G 4 7 0 6 71 STATE OF FLORIDA 1. DEPARTMENT ELECTRICALCONTRACTORSBOARD REGULATION SEQ# L02062702070 DATE IBATCH NUMBER a44= J%JXLCUi Oi.71CM 1.Vl`11KAI:l"VK 1 Named below IS CERTIFIED Under the provisions of Chapter 489 FS. Expiration date: AUG 31, 2004 ILINA, OSVALDO R A PROTECTIVE SYSTEMS, INC. 55 LA QUINTA DRIVE SUITE 100 A ORLANDO FL 32809 JEB BUSH RIM BINKLEY-SEYER GOVERNORDISPLAYASREQUIREDBYLAWSECRETARY EXI'1RES ORANGE COUNTY OCCUPATIONAL LICENSE a 1 2 I t 000 1 U 1. 11U7. • r I npl K. womil. 'TAX (:U1.1 "11011 09/30/2003 Y FLOr1I0A111 I ri I I•lAL Or1ANOE COUNT1, ,,,.1.r I,I` I I' .. ., ,. 1,'•r I ^If 111111 Il l lr'l ll'.1 111 r 1111111 I, IIv I A/ f `II A111111' 1 11• t1 , I h11 1`I r IrnH,r r.l r 1 At II1111111110 AIIII IVII If11111I/11 All/ IIn` 111111 `I I I II II IrN 1r :11 !'I I.11 t111111 'I'I1• 11• 1 n•IIrr1111t111A/ 1111I11111rgt111111^.VAl111r` 1 ... W 30. 005ORKERS31.1 ALARM FIRE SYSTEMS 30.00 1 1II1 f1rG R P-ALARM SYSTEMS _ AFA PROit;( 1T VE SYS1F115, INC: TU'TAI_ TAX 60. 00 i .)$V55-LA( jUEAj4ON ROT.I. JAMS S C?LIAL 1 I 1 f I2 I O' f Al- DUE 60 . OU• I UR 51-F 1 UIIA jANDO ".1 32009-'IAU-11 11 , I 1 1^ 1 : U(ll ln OhU !I -?3a_ L AOIJ I NTA DR # 1 UUA I(J.I: 1 NMAN Ir I CI IARD PRE S 1 I)F N1 I I r.,r?I- ANDO IIim r0n14 Ilr,jpr.er(1, A III t 11,11 wllrtI VAI p AI I II r1Y III1- Iv( 1.,,, , . ,r,li Li L,i\i INsu 1. ,-...., _•- NFF_F5 NO ;i11:HT"a vPCN HCL ER THIS C RTIPCa;T :CFS NC- aME`iC, EX-INC :.Q y- • ZL'z17 "4E COVE.QAGE AJ:=QFICE7 aY 7NE SCI_C::_^> :3ELZW INSLTilFS AFFO.MING COVERAGE lG..RZC a.A=..Z.CAV ZVSuRANC CC:"?a.V" Fr 32909 wViQii ib'I'ySL' . i Cr Cd e±ay`I I 'NSLAEi1 Z bb // A. AGZS CUCESOFINSUAANCE L=W BEc.GW HAVE SEEN MMED TO THE :NStiRED NAMW AaCVE FOR TiHE?CUCYPgtCDIMCAT®. N0TWITMS`.AN01m(j PECUR&AgNT. raW OR CCNDMCN OF ANY CONTRACT CR OTHER OO=MENT MATH RESPECT TO WHICH 'n-46 C>BifTPCAT$ MAY BE %=ED OR ERTAIK THE :NSIIRANCE APFCRCEl SY THE PCUMSS DESCRIBED rif^-EN IS SU5JECT TO ALL THE TEF AM EI0.1JMNS AM CCNOMONS CO SUC 4 ES. AGGREGATE UWM SHOWN MAY HAVEEEN MOM= BY PA 0 CZAMS. rps;M :i'F C M 1 Tt d' i •• 71" CI II43UAAMC: POLICY ML3M101 enuJArilur+ '547351.2 03/22/02 102/:2/03 9A =i=1, o",0000 L-08LAiOCi: U WA-JIL Q94JML v AI-WAW--wo am W s 0 , 0 0.- iiCLAMMAWIXiOcc6nI i I N O EXi W1I a1m 1~4 Is 10,000 115 2j00, 000 1 I Laerl!2pM_ sZ 0 0 0000 MIX,` AACUCATU MI rA likespaM , I P_cm.= -a_cr roc 131 , 00 0 , 0 0 0 PmCy Ij ° r'"i L= I AUMMICmL! UASILM I X .rw Avro ALLCWNwAJTCS i $CMtS'u. IIM AU= X %m= Aar= X ' 4cm4w al Avr---s BAZ2923S3: I I AW AUM i C2/=2./C2 02/12/03 ;OCwl NC:W-LB 4r Is:, 000, OCOa31XIwoo acOaY li.:uirr s i J•aI7 . I i cPmE is i AUT..CNL: !J X=CE'sr . S I AUTC CML): ' S aces u.alurr_ ; CU 5 c 3 7 3 5 C C Z /'_Z / O Z 0 i/ :2 /: I SAC+ C=IRPE CE _32 0 , 0 0 iA. CC=R ! CL,vMS MACE AGC,i1Eb1Ti 112 O. 0 0 0, J P Q 735c=337 02/12/02 02/12/01 r oC;aic'eia - -• s s woRlr as oa.Pv+s sroN wo 2 9 2 3>> 2 'J _ . 2 / 1 2 3C /12/0i C2 /^ e11PL.,cas vAe1Lm e — iEL- SCM. AC=CVfr 1 s_ C G, 0 C C e_. IssAsE•.zwoL 50 0 ma's C^,. csEASE . POLICI'JMr ::3 0 C. 0 0 0 CSOUPYICM OF 7PERA-ICM&LOCAT C VVEM"CSIIACLurions ACCIM a. vwW .ICMC zRrF1cATrc i'iOLDEA I ' AoorncN.L•r_uaib L aFALL':cr CANCELLATION 1: 1ouuANrcarMe,acveoEtcA+aeoPa:Ci ec v+6llEO6EFCtazTI+EES AA10+ I OATF. " A ECF. n,g I3WNC JOSURER 'RIU. EnoE:00111 0)"L?.0_7A7swArrrw ' I cnctTO Twc ctRT1AGaT4 c1.o ER Ada C7 M—AIE'1R, 3U'tUL'JP£ r000socMALL. I IMMSI MOCBLICsnCN.A::ADILr OP AMY KIN 11rIM-M N-uAE.•-GENTS Oa i o c DoE EtfrA:"IC I Aun. w_sonfPAF+twrArrow AccQO s-; ?r3,,):CCP.0 r:Ca7 Radionicsr, D7412 Control/Communicator Integrated Security System for Intrusion, Fire and Access Control Control Features Eight programmable areas, each with perimetertinterior partitioning, master and associate (common area) operation Real time clock, test timer and 800 event memory log (including date, time, event, point ID and User ID) Battery charging circuit and voltage supervision, AC power supervision Automatic reset circuit protectors On -board CPU watchdog warning buzzer and diagnostic LEDs Lightning and EMI protection Power limited external circuits Communicator Built-in digital communicator with phone line monitor (loop or ground start) Multiple telephone numbers, primary and duplicate paths with main and alternate destinations All Reports within each routing group are programmable Optional dual phone line switcher monitors 2 phone lines Automatic test and status reports Time windows for arming and open/ close report suppression Programmable answering machine work -around for remote program ming on shared phone lines Programmable Outputs 12 VDC, 2 Amp alarm power 1.4 Amp Aux power 4 alarm output patterns Automatic bell test Programmable bell shut-off timer 51 programmable outputs One parallel printer System Response Eight on -board detection points, up to 67 off -board points for a total of 75 points 31 custom point responses, including fire supervisory Selectable loop response time Fire Alarm verification Fire inspector's local test Watch mode Scheduled events (Skeds) arm, disarm, bypass and unbypass points, control relays, control authority levels, control door access and more. User Interface Supervise up to 8 command centers (up to 32 non -supervised command centers can be used) Custom command center text Full function command menu, including up to 4 Custom Functions 75 users, each with authority by area and 16 character name 14 custom authority levels control user's authority to change, add, and delete passcodes and access control tokens, disarm, bypass points, initiate system tests, and more Adjustable brightnessiloudness for command center display/sounder Access Control Two access control doors (each requires optional 09210 module) Custom door strike, point shunt and auto disarming response by area Up to 300 Wiegand user identifi cation devices with assigned Access Level by door Logging options for. Access Granted, Entry Denied, Door Held Open, Request to Exit Up to 14 panel wide Access Levels with both manual and scheduled control La26 P/N 340198 (1/97) D7412 Specdicauon h.ppt a i995 Racionirz. Inc. Software Remote Diagnostics and Controls Programming of all system functions shall be accomplished at the site using the Radionics 05200 Programmer or remotely through a Remote Account Manager software package. A programmable system passcode shall be used to prevent unauthorized remote programming attempts. The D7412 programming shall provide for up to four separate telephone numbers for primary, alternate and backup receivers, automatic test reports, selective relay activation, and custom text on the associated command centers and annunciators. Up to 75 user passcodes shall be programmable to identify the user when resetting alarms or arming and disarming a combination firelburglary and access control system. Up to 64 programmable scheduled event functions shall be available for controlling relays, enabling passcodes, and supporting the service alert feature. Other programmable functions shall include fire alarm reset commands, master zone response codes, Sked parameters, and day/date/time adjustments. Event Logger/Clock An integral 800 event logger shall record all system events and include the time, date, event, and point ID for each event. Types of events to be stored shall include: alarms, restorals, troubles, access events, and openings and closings by user. Programming options shall allow the Logger to record certain functions entered at command centers. The stored events in Logger shall be retrievable with a Remote Account Manager software package. The D7412's intemal clock shall support the Skeds scheduled events) feature. The user shall have the option to alter the Sked activation times using a programmable passcode. Command Centers System command centers shall be Radionics D1255 Command Center, 01256 Fire Command Center, and D1257 Fire Annunciator. Each of these shall be equipped with a 16-character alphanumeric display, distinct fire and burglary tones, and backlighted multi -key touchpad. The D1255, D1256, and D1257 shall have the ability to display the following for each detection point: alarm, trouble, service, faulted, and custom text. In addition, expanded, addressable point displays shall include missing and extra, point information. System wide displays shall include: local system test, sensor reset, fire test mode, and user programming prompts. Remote control through the use of the Remote Account Manager software shall include: reset of audible signals. activation/deactivation of D8129 relays, interrogation of battery, point and armed status, the enabling or disabling of reporting functions. and the shunting of reporting points during servicing. System Test The Fire Test mode shall support single person operation. All reports to the central station shall be suppressed while the fire test is being conducted. The Fire Test mode shall be activated by entering a user passcode at the D1255R. All testing data shall be visible on command center and annunciator displays during testing, Hardware The D7412 shall provide up to 75 individually identified addresses. Each shall accommodate normally open and/or normally closed devices with End -Of -Line resistor supervision. Each point shall be programmable for fire, fire supervisory or burglary applications. Also, silent or steady and/or pulsed audible, and local or remote reporting to a receiver. External Hardware The D7412 shall allow the use of one on -site parallel printer using Radionics D9131A Printer Interface Module. Events shall print as they are stored in logger. The printer shall print the time, date, account number, event, point ID, point text. Installation, Warranty, and Training Installation of the system, wiring of initiating devices and signaling circuits shall be the responsibility of the installing company. Warranty on all components shall be for one year, subject to manufacturer's limitations. Training in the complete operation of the system shall be fumished by the installing company upon completion of the installation. Listings and Approvals Fire UL: Central Station, Local, Auxiliary, Remote Station, and Household Fire Warning. CFSM and NYC-MEA approved. FM is pending. Burglary . UL: Central Station, Local, Police Connect, Bank Safe and Vault, Mercantile Safe and Vault, and Grade A Household systems. DOD: Approved for installations in Sensitive Compart- mented Information Facilities (SCIF). Access UL: Access Control Systems. 10 1996 Radionics. Inc., Salinas, CA, USA. All rights resenfed. ISO 9002' iM The Radionics logo is a registered trademark of Radtornc:,. Inc., Salinas. CA. CERTIFICATE NO. 83946 1826 P/N 34019B (1/97) R3dtnnir„ Inr 1800 Abnatt 3trer;1 System Description The Radionics D7412 Control, Communicator provides an integrated solution to Access Control, Security, and Fire Alarm System applications. The 07412 is a central control panel capable of monitoring alarm points for intruder or fire alarms while operating user command centers, access readers, door locks and other outputs. The D7412 includes a built-in digital communicator which reports events to selected destinations via programmable routes. With programming and accessory modules the D7412 offers flexibility and beneficial features rarely found in other security control systems. Area Configurations Area programming offers you a wide selection of different system configurations. Each area is assigned to one of up to eight account numbers to define annunciation, control, and reporting functions. User Interface Command centers provide on -premises point and system status annunciation. The D7412 provides a fully selectable user interface so you can customize command center displays and simplify operation by creating menu items and functions and by only showing those menu items that are appropriate to that area. The Command Menu can help the new user to become familiar with the features of the control panel. You program the Command Menu for features and Custom Functions that can be viewed at each command center. Custom Functions allow users to perform complex functions with a few keystrokes. Up to 4 Custom Functions can be programmed, each identified by 16 characters of custom text. You can program the panel with functions containing up to 32 keystrokes each. The D1255 Command Center, D1256 Fire Command Center and D1257 Fire Annunciator use a 16-character English language display to show system status, area status (custom text), and point status (custom text). The D720 LED Command Center provides command functions and annunciation for up to 8 points in a single area. Any combination of these command centers can be used within the same area. The D7412 includes easy to remember command functions. Familiar commands like Command 1, Command 2, and Command 8 make the D7412 an easy transition for seasoned Radionics customers. UserPasscodes The D7412 system can accommodate up to 75 individually programmed user passcodes. Passcodes are 3 to 6 digits in length with no fixed digits. Each user is assigned to one of 14 customized authority levels in each individual area. You can assign the user to a different authority level for each area and assign a time profile to control the user's passcode use. Each user can be identified by a 16 character customized name. When logged events associated with the user are printed, reported to the central station in Radionics' Modem Ilia ZTM communications format, or retrieved with Remote Account Manager (RAM), the name assuc:stee with the user passcode is included. Security and Fire Detection The D7412 provides eight "on -board" detection points. Add expansion interfaces and up to 67 additional points to provide up to 75 detection points. All points are individually programmable and may be used to monitor all types of burglar alarm, fire alarm, and supervision devices. The D1255, D1256, and D1257 command centers show the status of individual points with custom text, Communications The 07412 sorts reports by priority with primary, up to three duplicates and backup paths for each. The Radionics' Modem llla Tm communications format, available with Radionics' D6500 Receiver and the D7412, adds these reporting capabilities - to name just a few: Reports individual point numbers, point text and other event information Opening/closing reports from up to 75 users, with user name Identifies Opening/Closing reports by area number Reports access control events with up to 300 user ID's. Reports remote programming attempts Includes Diagnostic Reports Local Event Storage and Printing Up to 800 events can be recorded in the D7412 built in Logger memory. All events - local only and transmitted reports - are automatically stored. Each event log entry contains the time, date, event description, account number, point number, and user ID. A command center function allows selected users to view the event log from the command center. The events can be retrieved remotely using RAM. Events print as they are stored in the D7412's event log. Each event appears in one 80-character line. One D9131 A Parallel Printer Interface can be installed to record events locally on a printer. The printer can record opening and closing, access, alarm, Skeds, or any combination of events. The D7412 can supervise various printer status conditions. Logger/Printer Applications Logger and Local Printer are ideally suited for the customer who would like to have a record of openings and closings without having the extra communications cost. Using Logger and the Remote Account Manager, you can suppress reports and then retrieve the security system events periodically using one phone call, rather than receiving several calls each day. When the panel's event log reaches the programmed threshold of stored events, the D7412 sends a report to the D6500 receiver to remind the central station to retrieve events from the panel's log with the Remote Account Manager. 026 P/N 34019E (1/97) 07412 SAerifirauon .Sheet 'a i996 Raoirn:r,: 1nr, Scheduled Events (Skeds) Day -of -week or date of the year schedules Four holiday schedules of 365 days each Up to 64 scheduled events and more than 20 different functions Remotely programmable with User control capability from the command center The D7412's internal clock and calendar help the panel operate individual scheduled events (Skeds). You can program each Sked to perform a specific function (such as arm/disarm, relay control, point bypassing, etc.). Each Sked is programmed for a time and either a day of the week schedule or a date of the year schedule. The User can change the time for the Sked if the Sked is programmed for local time editing. Holiday schedules can be used to enable or disable individual Skeds during the holiday periods. Fire Test In the Fire Test Mode, the D7412 suppresses reports to the receiver so you can test initiating and indicating devices without transmitting alarms to the central station. When you put the D7412 in Fire Test Mode, the panel sends a report to the central station to indicate the start of the test. Test events then become "local only". The command center shows how many points are to be tested. Each time a device initiates an alarm, the programmed point text displays at the command center. The automatic sensor reset feature of the Fire Test Mode allows you to continue testing additional devices without time consuming trips to the command center to manually reset sensors. At the end of the test, the command center displays the number of untested points. You can also view the point text for each untested point. When you take the D7412 out of Fire Test Mode, the panel sends a report to the receiver indicating the completion of the test. Combining Access Control with Security and Fire Detection A combined system can help prevent false alarms by making it easy to use just one system that controls security, access, and fire functions. The access control features of the D7412 can deny access during armed periods. It can also grant access only to certain authorized users depending on whether the area is master armed, perimeter armed, or disarmed. The alarm system can automatically disarm when designated authorized users are granted access. The D7412 can control two (2) Access Doors as part of the 75 intrusion and fire detection points. You can use up to 300 Wiegand user identification devices in the D7412 system. Up to four of the Wiegand user devices can be associated with each of the 75 user names, passcodes and area authority levels. D9210 access Control Module Access can be granted from a Wiegand style access control device (access reader) when connected to a D9210 Access Control Module. Access may also be granted from a REQUEST TO EXIT or a REQUEST TO ENTER input. The 09210 Access Interface Module provides for connec. tions of the access door point and the door strike. Up to two 09210s can be incorporated on each system. Each D9210 controls one door. Each access door can be configured independently from the other doors. The same alarm door contact point controls the access door and is part of the alarm system (the door does not need to have double contacts). The door contact can be either normally open or normally closed and is used to reset the door strike time when the door either opens or closes depending upon programming. The door contact can terminate a programmable door entry buzzer (if used). The door contact is shunted when valid access is being granted through the door. An optional buzzer can be triggered prior to the end of a door shunt period to warn the user that a "door left open" condition is about to occur. The access point can be configured to generate an alarm or a trouble (or have no response) when the door is left open beyond the door shunt period. The reading of access cards, in addition to the granting of access, can control whether the system will disarm along with granting of access. The door strike can be programmed to be held open automatically during the disarm period and then auto matically re -lock when the area is armed. The system can be configured to generate an alarm, a trouble, (or have no response) depending upon the area's armed condition when the door is opened outside of an authorized access period. An option is provided that can control whether access granted conditions or access denied conditions send events to the log by door. REQUEST TO ENTER and REQUEST TO EXIT can be programmed to shunt the door without activating the strike. Specifications General The contractor shall furnish and install, where indicated on the plans, a Radionics D7412 Control/Communicator. The panel shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories for NFPA 72 Applications. The 07412 shall support initiating and indicating modules and Radionics Command Centers. The D7412 Control/ Communicator power supply shall provide 1.4 Amps of power for all processing functions and 12 VDC auxiliary requirements. Ry 1996 Radionics. !nr,. D7,112 So2cifirauon Sheet L.826 Pirl14r,196 (1i77) a NQTI FI E Ra FIRE SYSTEMS A PrrrWAY COMPANY vanFRfa116 The NOTIFIER NBG-12 Series is a cost-effective, feature - packed, series of non -coded manual fire alarm pull sta- tions. It was designed to meet multiple applications with the installer and end -user in mind. The NBG-12 Series features a variety of models including single- and dual - action versions. The NBG-12 Series provides the AM2020, AFP1010, AFP-400, AFP-300, AFP-200, AFP-100, System 5000, and System 500 with an alarm initiating input signal. Its inno- vative design, durable construction, and multiple mount- ing options make the NBG-12 Series simple to install, main- tain, and operate. FEATURES Aesthetically pleasing, highly visible design and color. Attractive contoured shape and light textured finish. Meets ADA 5 lb. maximum pull -force. Meets UL 38, Standard for Manually Actuated Signaling Boxes. Easily operated (single- or dual -action), yet designed' o prevent false alarms when bumped, shaken, or jarred. PUSH IN/PULL DOWN handle latches in the down posi- tion to clearly indicate the station has been operated. The word 'ACTIVATED' appears on top of the handle in bright yellow when the station has been operated, fur- ther indicating operation of the station. Operation handle features white arrows showing basic operation direction for non -English-speaking persons. Braille text included on inger-hold area of operation handle and across top of handle. Multiple hex- and key -lock models available. U.S. patent pending hex -lock needs only a quarter -turn to locklunlock. Station can be opened for inspection and maintenance without initiating an alarm. Product ID label viewable by simply opening the cover, label is made of a durable long -life material. The words 'NORMAL' and'ACTIVATED* are molded into the plastic adjacent to the alarm switch (located inside). Four -position terminal strip molded into backplate. Terminal strip includes Phillips combination -head cap- tive 8/32 screws for easy connection to Initiating Device Circuit (IDC). Terminal screws backed -out at factory and shipped ready to accept field wiring (up to 12 AWG/3.25 mma). Terminal numbers are molded into the backplate, elimi- nating the need for labels. NBG-12 Series Non -Coded Manual Fire Alarm Pull Stations Section: Conventional Initladng Devices U.S. PATENTS PENDING Ds S692 Switch contacts are normally open. Can be surface (with SB-10) or semi -flush mounted. Semi -flush mount to a standard single -gang, double - gang, or 4' (10.16 cm) square electrical box. Backplate is large enough to overlap a single -gang backbox cutout by 1/2e (12.7 mm). Optional Vim ring (BG-TR). Spanish version (FUEGO) available (NBG-12LSP). Designed to replace the popular NBG-10 Series. Models packaged in attractive, clear plastic (PVC), clamshell-style, Point -of -Purchase packages. Packag- ing includes a cutaway dust/paint cover in shape of pull station. - This document is not wenced to he used for mstallalion purposes. we try to keep our rfproductinformationuD-1011a1e and accurate. 'Nca erannot ;aver all Specific applitions Or ISO-9001 anlicloale all requirements. All -,oect6Wlions arq W01eCt t0 mange without notice. For Engineering and Manulacunng moremformation• contact NOTIFIER. phon.: !202) 4a4.7l.51 FAX: (202) 484-711a Cuality System Centbed ;o J MOTIF] E R' ;ne R re- plInternational Slardard ISO-iC01 ttar, arq. ' lrintfnr 1. Connecthrut C5472 Made n trio lJ !.A. NOTI FI E R" J FIRE SYSTEMS A PITTWAY COMPANT' Dual Action NBG-12L INBG12 Series Manual Pull Stations ment: 51015 Revision: B ECN: 98-461 08/04/99 Description The NBG-12 Series Pull Stations are non -coded manual pull stations which provide a Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) with a single alarm initiating input signal. The NBG-12 se- ries includes both single-action and dual -action models equipped with either a hex or key lock reset. A single-ac- tion pull -station is activated by a single pull -down of the alarm handle. The dual -action versions require pushing in the handle, then pulling the handle down for activation. The NBG-12 series manual pull stations are UL listed and meet the ADA requirement of a 5-lb. maximum pull force to activate. Operating instructions are molded into the handle along with Braille text. Molded terminal numbers can be found adjacent to the wiring terminals. N BG-12 Series Models available: NBG-12S — Single action with. pigtail' connections and a hex lock reset. Pigtail wires are provided for connection to the Fire Alarm Control Panel's ( FACP) Initiating Device Circuit I I DC), 12 - Dual action model with screll terminal connec- tlun. anti :i hcx luck reset. 11(;-12I. Sonic a. NB(;_I_ c.,ccpl WRIT a kcl luck reset. NW-12I.S1' tiamr:u \I;(; -!'I. r cht pith hush I:n_II>II Ills: '1n:1111,11 'rlll'1•;IIIIIL' II1 11•I llllr lll>. ` S-itch Contact Ratim., A11 switch contacts are rated Ii>r 0.25 A at 31) hilts (AC or DC). Installation Surface mount the NBG-12 pull station to a SB-10 surface backhox. Semi -flush mount the NBG-12 to a standard single ;ang. double - gang, or 4-inch (10.16cm) square electrical box. Mount the op- tional Trim Ring (BG-TR) if necessary when semi -flush mounting the unit. - The word 'ACTIVATED' is displayed on the Pull station's Pulled -down handle If, during mounting of the pull station, the door becomes de- tached, complete the following steps to reattach the door to the backplate. The door cannot be connected to the pull station if theunitismountedtothebackbox. L Position the door and backplate side by side in the full open position. (i.e. 180-degrees with respect to each other.) 2. With the backplate position fixed, move the door behind the backplate, as shown in the illustration, part A. 3. Align the hinge posts and holes by bringing the door up to meet the backplate, paying particular attention to the 'keying' that occurs when the door's post hole is aligned to the backplate's hinge post. Refer to the illustration, part B. 4. With the two pieces aligned and 'keved'together. slide the holes down onto the posts. Refer to the illustration, pan C. 5. Holding the backplate, close the door slightly to lock the doorandbackplatetogether. j —~ - _ _ DOOR ATTACHMENT i sNWppiJ3 With the door and backplate aligned and keyed' together. slide o the holes down onto the posts. POST fi a C j N• oLE L. 0 rIV'.n1r1 Ih,: •::ihr furl: d3iLl FEATURING ..... Diagnostic/Sensitivity Test Features Chamber Check Self Diagnostics Field Replaceable Smoke Chamber Easy Disassembly for Cleaning Sensitivity Voltage Output Interchangeable 2-Wire and 4-Wire Bases 12 or 24 VDC Operation 135°F/ 57°C Heat Sensor Option UL Listed, ULC Listed, CSFM, NYC MEA CE The DS250 Series are low profile, Photoelectric System type smoke detectors. They incorporate a separate detector and base design that permits use with both 2-wire and 4-wire bases. The patented chamber design provides superior immunity to false alarms caused by dust. Chamber Check self diagnostics allow the sensitivity to be verified by simply looking at the detector LED. OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES DT• 1 Test/ Removal Tool A member of the C1s detection systems Bosch Group CIFICA T1ONS POWER REQUIREMENTS 2-wire: 8.5 to 33VOC 4-wire: 10 to 30VOC ALARM OUTPUT Signal output is dependent on base selection. See Base Selection Guide below. STANDBY CURRENT 80uA @ 12VDC: 90uA a 24VDC. ALARM CURRENT 2-w ire: Dependent on control panel. Panel must limit the alarm current to t00mA maximum. 4-wire:MB4W: 48mA a 12VOC: 24VDC M84WA: 56mA ® 12 8 24VOC M84WE: 80mA 12 3 24VOC M54WS: Smoke Detector: 48mA ® 12VDC, SImA ® 24VOC Sounder: ISmA 12VDC, 25mA ft 24VDC RADIO FREQUENCY No alarm or setup on critical frequencies in the range of 26 to 950 Megahertz at 50v/m. INTERFERENCE (RFI) IMMUNITY STORAGE 3 OPERATING 32'F to +120'F (O'C to 40'C) 0 to 95% relative humidity (non -condensing). TEMPERATURE For UL Certificated Installations, +32'F to 100'F (O'C to 40'C). TEST FEATURES LED automatically flashes to indicate out of calibration level. Magnet operation/sensitivity test function meets NFPA 72 testing recommendations. Voltage output allows direct reading of the sensitivity level using a standard DVM. ENCLOSURE DESIGN High impact, fire retardant ABS plastic enclosure and separate twist -lock bases. CHAMBER CHECK This feature allows the detector to automatically indicate if its calibration is out of the factory listed range. This allows NFPA guidelines for sensitivity testing to be met by visually inspecting the detector and checking the flash rate of the LED. If the calibration is out of range for more than 36 hours, the alarm LED on the detector will begin to flash once per second. This is an indication that the detector needs to be cleaned following the instructions provided with the detector. The LED will flash once every 3 seconds when the detector is operating normally. MOUNTING Compatible with 2-wire or 4-wire bases. Bases can be mounted to 4 in. octagon, single gang, wiremold $5738 and 4 in. square boxes. NOTE: the MB2W base cannot mount to a 4 in, square box. HEAT SENSOR TEMPERATURE 135-F (57-C) (DS250TH only). ORDERING INFORMATION To order, specify DS250 detector (requires a base). DS250TH detector with 135'F 57'C) heat sensing thermistor (requires a base) or the DS2500H (for use with the DS291/OS292 Duct Smoke Detector housings). OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Replacement Smoke Chamber (shipped in packages of 10). OT-1 Removal/Test Tool provides a means of accessing the detector without the use of a ladder by connecting to A in. EMT or standard broom handle). EOL200 End -of -Line Supervision Module for use with 4-wire systems. TC2000 Test Cord. TP280 Trim Plate for retrofit and remodeling purposes. 6 / in. (16.2 cm) diameter. LISTINGS HEADS: UL Listing S3019. ULC Listing CS692, NYC-MEA Acceptance #MEA274-93-E. CSFM #727-1062:103 and FM Job #OXBA6.AY. CE-EMC 891336 BASES : UL Listing S3019, ULC Listing CS692, NYC-MEA Acceptance #MEA274-93-E. CSFM #7300-1062:107 and FM Job #0X8A6.AY. CE-EMC 891336 U.S. PATENTS 05.400,014. $5,543.777. #5,552.765. 90359.078. #DES293.089 BASE SELECTION GUIDE Base Description Output Diameter M82W 2-wire 2-wire 5.5'(14cm) M82WL 2-wire w/large diameter 2-wire 6.375' (16.2 cm) MB4W 4-win; Normally Open alarm contact. 6.375' Rated 10 watts. 0.5 Amps @ 100 VDC 16.2 cm) M84WA 4-wire wlaux. relay Normally Open alarm contact and Form 6.375- C' auxiliary contact. 16.2 cm) Contacts rated 62.5 VA. 0.5 A @ 125 VAC. 30 W, 1.0 A @ 30 VDC for resistive loads. M84WE 4-wire w/Normally Open Normally Open alarm contact and Normally 6.375' aux, relay and Open auxiliary contact. Built:n Normally 16.2 cm) power supervision Closed power supervision relay opens on power loss. Contacts rated 62.5 VA. 0.5 A @ 125 VAC. 30 W. 1.0 A C130 VDC for resistive loads. M84WS 4-wire wlexternally Normally Open alarm contact. Rated 10 6.375' powered 85d8 sounder Wans. 0.5 Amps @ 100 VDC. Built in 16.2 cm) sounder. T 05250Hsad 4.4cm) M62W Base U cm) t.75' DS250 Head 4.4 cm) M84W Base 5 te.2 cm) c DS250 Head 1 2.15' 5.5ICM) MBZWL Base I i 5.375' 15.2 cm) Detection Systems, Inc. 130 Perinton Parkway, Fairport, New York 14450-9199 isoeoo: PIN 26790M (585) 223-4060 • Cust. Sernce (888) 289-0096 - Technical Service (800) 374-7454 Fax: (585) 223-9180 - Faxback: (800) 315-0470 or (585) 223-4060 ext. 4319 -:ERmF1CATEH0./3177 Octcber 19. 1998 J-ij1 NOTIFIER FIRE SYSTEMS A PITTWAY COMPANY GENERAL Wheelock's new devices, the NS/NS4 Series Horn Strobes and the NH Series Horns, feature low current design with re- duced inrush. The hom devices provide a selectable continu- ous hom tone or a temporal pattern (Code 3) tone when con- stant voltage from a Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) is ap- plied. Each tone has two dB settings to choose from. All models (hom only or hom with strobe) may be synchronized when used in conjunction with SM or DSM Sync Modules. Additionally, the hom may be silenced while maintaining strobe activation of the NS/NS4 Series hom-strobe devices. All of these features are achievable with either the patented two - wire NS Series or with the four -wire NS4 Series models. . The NS/NS4 Series hom-strobe devices and the NH horn devices are designed for maximum performance, reliability, and cost-effectiveness while meeting or exceeding the latest re- quirements of NFPA 72 (National Fire Alarm Code), ANSI 117.1 American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Build- ings and Facilities), and UL Standard 1971 (Standard for Sig- naling Devices for the Hearing Impaired), and UL 464 (Audible Signal Appliances). NS/NS4 audible strobe devices, when properly specified and installed in accordance with NFPA/ANSI standards, can provide the Equivalent Facilitation allowed under ADA Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG General Section 2.2) by meeting or exceeding the illumination which results from the ADA-specified strobe intensity of 75 candela at 50 feet 15.24 m). This is an illumination of 0.030 lumens per square foot. When used with the Wheelock SM or DSM Series Sync Mod- ules, the continuous hom tone produces a synchronized tem- poral (Code 3) tone. This ensures a distinct temporal (Code 3) pattern when two or more homs are within hearing distance. If not synchronized, the temporal sound could overlap and not be distinctive. Additionally, if strobes on the same circuit are synchronized, this provides the ability to comply with ADA rec- ommendations concerning photosensitive epilepsy and to meet NFPA requirements when installing two or more visual devices within the field of view. All of this, plus the ability to silence the horn, is achieved by using only two wires (NS/NH). FEATURES ADA/NFPA/ANSI compliant. Meets OSHA 29 Part 1910.165. Low current draw and reduced inrush. Wall -mount only. Two selectable tones and dB levels: Continuous tone: anechoic, 90 or 95 dB; reverberant, 82 or 88 dB @ 24 VDC. Temporal Code 3 tone: anechoic, 90 or95 dB; reverberant, 75 or 82 dB @ 24 VDC. Patent pending Universal Mounting Plate for single -gang, double -gang, 4" (10.16 cm) square, or 100 mm European backboxes, or Wheelock's SHBB shallow surface backbox. No additional trim plates required. Wheelock NS/NS4 Series Horn Strobes and NH Series Horns Section: Audio/Visual Devices U` ULC F M E 5946 CS 243 (NH) 007A4.AY CS 356 (NWNS4: 15 cd, 75 cd, b 110 Cd) Califomia State Fire Marshal 7125-0785:142 NH Horn M EA 151-92-E NS/NS4 Horn Strobe Available with 15, 15f75, 30, 75, and 110 candela strobe intensities. 15/75 candela wall -mounted strobes are listed at 15 candela under UL Standard 1971 and meet 75 candela intensity on axis for ADA guidelines with low current draw. Two versions available: two -wire for both hom and strobe; four -wire model. Non -sync and sync in one model (synchronization requires a SM or DSM Sync Module). Matching hom in 12124 volts (selectable). This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific applications or ISO-9001 anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For Engineering and Manufacturing _ more information, contact NOTIFIER. Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484.7118 Quality System Certified to rJ INOTI FI E R International Standard ISO-9001 One Fire-Lite Place, Northford, Connecticut 06472 Made in the U.S.A. ON-6601 — Parte 1 )1 4 GENERAL NOTES Strobes are designed to flash at 1 flash per second minimum from 20 to 31 VDC (for 24 VDC models), or 10.5 to 15.6 VDC for 12 VOC models). Note that NFPA-72 (1996) specifies a flash rate of 1 to 2 flashes per second. and ADA guidelines specify a flash rate of 1 to 3 flashes per second. All candela ratings represent minimum effective strobe inten- sity based on UL 1971. NS/NS4 Horn Strobe products are listed under UL 1971 for indoor use with a temperature range of 321F to 1201F (01C to 49'C) and maximum humidity of 85%. ORDERING INFORMATION NH Series horns are listed under UL 164 for juCihle s,y;'ai appliances. WARNINGI PLEASE READ THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND ASSOCIATED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE USING, SPECIFYING, OR APPLYING THIS PRODUCT. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY OF THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS, CAUTIONS, AND WARNINGS COULD RESULT IN IMPROPER APPLICATION, INSTALLATION AND/OR OPERATION OF THESE PRODUCTS IN AN EMERGENCY SITUATION, WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE, AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS. MODEL NUMBER INPUT VOLTAGE STROBE CANDELA ING OPTIONS' MODEL NUMBER INPUT VOLTAGE STROBE CANDELA MOUNTING OPTIONS' NS-2415W-FR 24 VOC 15 BG. X NS4-2415W-FR 24 VDC 15 B. D, R G. X NS-241575W-FR 24 VDC 15/75 BF.G. X NS4-241575W-FR 24 VDC 15175 B. D, F, G, X NS-2430W-FR NS-2475W-FR 24 VOC 24 VOC 30 75 BD., X BF.. XMFG NS4-2430W-FR NS4-2475W-FR 24 VDC 24 VDC 30 75 B. D. R G. X B. D. F. G. X NS-2411OW-FR 24 VDC 110 B, X NS4-2411OW-FR 24 VDC 110 B, D. F, G. X NS-121575W-FR 12 VDC 15175 S, X NS4-121575W-FR 12 VDC 15/75 B, D, F, G, X NH-12/24-R 12124 VDC B. D. F. G, X SYNC MODULES" INPUT VOLTAGE AVE RRENT MOUNTING OPTIONS• 4 SM-1224-R• 12 VDC / 24 VDC 1 0.014 V ) 10.025 (24 VDC) E, N OSM-12R44i 12 VDC / 24 VOC 1 0.020 (12 VDC) / 0.038 (24 VDC) W NOTES: 1) ALL MODELS are wall -mount and offered in red only. 2) SUFFIXES USED ABOVE: W = Wall mounting; F = Fin; lettering; R at end = Red; 4 = 4-wire. EXAMPLES: NS-2415W-FR (2-wire - Zfall mounting -Eire lettering, eed); NS4-2415W-FR (4- wire -) Call mounting -Eire lettering, $ed). 3) SYNCHRONIZED TEMPORAL (Code 3) TONE is achieved when the continuous horn tone' is selected and connected to the SM or DSM Sync Modules. Refer to installation instructions for the NS Series (Wheelock P83518), NS4 Series (Wheelock #11283601), and NH (Wheelock #1283600). For descriptions of MOUNTING OPTIONS, refer to NOTIFIER data sheet DN-6111, derived from Wheelock #S7000. SM Sync Modules are rated for 3.0 amperes at 12 or 24 VDC; DSM Dual Control Modules are rated for 3.0 amperes per circuit. The maximum number of interconnected DSM modules is twenty (20). Refer to installation instructions for SM (Wheelock P83123) and DSM (Wheelock #P83177). NSIN34INH Series: average current' - 24-volt models NS SERIES: VOLTAGE NS-2415W NS-241575W NS-243OW NS-2475W NS-24110W AVERAGE CURRENT' with Low dBA Setting (90 dBA) 20.0 VDC 0.071 A 0.089 A 0.100 A 0.173 A 0.210 A 24.0 VOC 0.065 A 0.080 A 0.087 A 0.145 A 0.174 A 31.0 VDC 0.059 A 0,068 A 0,077 A 0.118 A 0.141 A AVERAGE CURRENT' with High dBA Setting (95 dBA) 20.0 VDC 0,078 A 0.094 A 0.108 A 0.177 A 0.219 A 24.0 VDC 0.072 A 0.086 A 0.097 A 0.155 A 0.185 A 31.0 VDC 0.070 A 0,081 A 0,088 A 0.129 A 0.153 A NS41NH SERIES: VOLTAGE NS4.2415W NS4-241575W NS4-2430W N54.2475W NS4-24110W AVERAGE CURRENT' STROBE ONLY INPUT 20.0 VDC 0.064 A 0.080 A 0.095 A 0,157 A 0.199 A 24.0 VDC 0.054 A 0.068 A 0.081 A 0.133 A 0.161 A 31.0 VDC 0.047 A 0.056 A 0.066 A 0.108 A 0.131 A AVERAGE CURRENT` Audible Only NS41NH Input with Low dBA Setting (90 dBA) 20.0 VOC 0.016 A 0.016 A 0.016 A 0.016 A 0.016 A 24.0 VOC 0.021 A 0,021 A 0.021 A 0.021 A 0.021 A 31.0 VDC 0.026 A 0.026 A 0.026 A 0.026 A 0.026 A AVERAGE CURRENT' Audible Only NS4/NH Input with High dBA Setting (95 dBA) 20.0 VDC 0.020 A 0.020 A 0.020 A 0.020 A 0.020 A 24.0 VDC 0.027 A 1 0.027 A 0.027 A 0.027 A 0.027 A 31.0 VDC 0.034 A 0.034 A 0.034 A 0.034 A 0.034 A NS421575W average current' AVG. CURRENT' I AVG. CURRENT' Low dBA Setting High dBA Setting 10.5 VOC 0.197 0.199 12.0 VDC 0.172 0.175 15.6 VDC 0.143 0.147 N34121575W average current' VOLTAGE 12-volt model STROBE ONLY INPUT AUDIBLE ONLY NS41NH INPUT with LOW dBA Settings (90 dBA) AUDIBLE ONLY NS4/NH INPUT with HIGH dBA Settings (95 dBA) 10.5 VOC 0.189A 0.011A 0.016A 12.0VDC 0.162A 0.014A 0.018A 15.6 VDC 0.130 A 0.017 A 0.023 A Average current per actual Wheelock Production Testing tc-_D 10.5. 12. 15.6, 20. 24. and 31 I/DC. For rated average and peak Current across the UL listed voltage range for both filtered and unfiltered VRMs, see installation instructions (Wheelock xP83518). Page 2 of 4 - DN•6601 FEATURES QUICK REFERENCE MODEL NUMBER ALL MOUNT NON -SYNC SYNC'S wl SM or OSM STROBE CANDELA 24 VOC 12 VDC 2-WIRE 4-WIRE NS-2415W-FR X X X. 15 X X NS-241575W-FR X X X 15175 X X NS-2430W-FR X X X 30 X X NS-2475W-FR X X X 75 X X NS-2411OW-FR X X X 110 X X NS-121575W-FR X X X 15175 X X NS4-2415W-FR X X X 15 X X NS4-241575W-FR X X X 15175 X X NS4-2430W-FR X X X 30 X I X NS4-2475W-FR X X X 75 X X NS4-24211OW-FR X X X 110 X X NS4-121575W-FR XI X X 15175 X X NH-12/24-R can also ceiling -mount) X X X X Xi , X WIRING DIAGRAMS NS device non -synchronized. _ From PRECEDING { -I — } To NEXT DEVICE DEVICE or FACP or EOLR SIGNAL NS and NH devices synchronized with DSM Module dual Class "A" (Style Z) _ circuit with NO audible silence feature. DSM NOTES: NSINS4/NH must be set on continuous horn tone to achieve synchronized temporal (Code 3) tone. Refer to installation instructions (Wheelock #P83518). For details on using SM or DSM Sync Modules, refer to Wheelock data sheet #S3000, or Wheelock installation instructions #P83123 (for SM) or #P83177 (for DSM). NS devices synchronwith SM Module single Class "B" (Zil circuit _ WITH audible silence feature. FACP SM STROBE STROBE NAC CIRCUIT - STROBE EOLR' 0 + OUT NS NS NS OUT AUDIBLE EOLR VALUE AUDIBLE EOLR. 3- DETERMINED NAC CIRCUIT BY FACP NAC CIRCUIT(S). AUDIBLE NS and NH devices synchronized with multiple DSM Modules. _ INTERCONNECTING WIRING SHOWN. MAXIMUM OF TWENTY (20) DSM MODULES. AUDIBLE NAC DSM #1 FACP CIRCUIT . i NS NSr-. NH i STROBE B SYNC + NAC CIRCUIT Irj O SYNC - AUDIBLE NAC CIRCUIT . STROBE B SYNC + NAC p SYNC - CIRCUITitAUDIBLE DSM #3 NACr 17 r r— CIRCUIT ! NS n NS r NH I I I i STROBE' NAC I L ;, 9 SYNC + CIRCUIT `— I'9 SYNC - CN• 5501 — Poge ; of 4 OWARNINGI T CONTACT WHEELOCK FOR "INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS" (Wheelock xPs3513) AND "GENERAL INFORMATION" SHEET (Wheelock 8P82380) ON THESE PRODUCTS. THESE MATERIALS UNDERGO PERIODIC CHANGES. IT IS IMPORTANT THAT YOU HAVE CURRENT INFORMATION ON THESE PRODUCTS. THESE MATERI- ALS CONTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION THAT SHOULD BE READ PRIOR TO SPECIFYING OR INSTALLING THESE PROD- UCTS, INCLUDING: TOTAL CURRENT REQUIRED BY ALL DEVICES CONNECTED TO SYSTEM PRIMARY AND SECONDARY POWER SOURCES. FUSE RATINGS ON NAC CIRCUITS TO HANDLE PEAK CURRENTS FROM ALL DEVICES ON THOSE CIRCUITS. COMPOSITE FLASH RATE FROM MULTIPLE STROBES WITHIN A PERSON'S FIELD OF VIEW. VOLTAGE APPLIED: THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THESE PRODUCTS MUST BE WITHIN THEIR RATED INPUT VOLT- AGE RANGE. INSTALLATION OF 110 CANDELA STROBE PRODUCTS IN SLEEPING AREAS. INSTALLATION IN OFFICE AREAS AND OTHER SPECIFICATION AND INSTALLATION ISSUES. Note: USE NSINS41NH ONLY ON CIRCUITS WITH CONTINUOUSLY APPLIED OPERATING VOLTAGE. DO NOT USE NSINS4/NH SERIES ON CODED OR INTERRUPTED NAC CIRCUITS IN WHICH THE APPLIED VOLTAGE IS CYCLED ON AND OFF, AS THE STROBE MAY NOT FLASH. CONDUCTOR SPECIFICATIONS: CONDUCTOR SIZE (AWG), LENGTH AND AMPACITY SHOULD BE TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION PRIOR TO DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF THESE PRODUCTS, PARTICULARLY IN RETROFIT INSTALLATIONS. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS OR GENERAL INFORMATION SHEETS COULD RESULT IN IMPROPER INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, AND/OR OPERATION OF THESE PRODUCTS IN AN EMERGENCY SITUATION, WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS. Wheelock products must be used within their published specifications and must be PROPERLY specified, applied, installed, operated, maintained, and operationally tested in accordance with their installation instructions at the time of installation and at least twice a year or more often and in accordance with local, state, and federal codes, regulations, and laws. Specification, application, installation, operation, maintenance, and testing must be performed by qualified personnel for proper operation in accordance with all of the latest National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), Underwriters' Laboratories (UL), National Electrical Code (NEC), Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), local, state, county, province, district, federal, and other applicable building and fire standards, guidelines, regulations, laws, and codes including, but not limited to, all appendices and amendments and the requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction (AHJ). ARCHITECTS' & ENGINEERS' SPECIFICATIONS The notification appliances shall be Wheelock NS/NS4 Series Horn Strobe and NH Series Horn devices; and companion SM and DSM Sync Modules, or approved equivalents. NS/NS4 Series devices shall be listed under UL Standard 1971 (Emergency Devices for the Hearing Impaired for Indoor Fire Protection Service). NH Series Hom and SM and DSM Sync Modules shall be UL listed under Standard 464 (Fire Protective Signaling). NS/NS4/NH and SM/DSM devices shall be certified to meet FCC Part 15. Class B. The devices shall be designed for two- or four -wire operation and shall provide either a continuous hom/strobe signal or temporal Code 3) tone when constantly applied voltage from a Notification Appliance Circuit (NACs) of the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) or synchronized temporal (Code 3) hom and synchronized strobe when used in conjunction with the SM or DSM Sync Modules. The NS Series shall be designed so that the audible signal may be silenced while maintaining strobe activation (when used with the SM or OSM Sync Modules). The SM and DSM Sync Modules shall incorporate two inputs from Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs) for power connection from the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP); one for the strobe (NAC) circuit and one for the audible (NAC) circuit. A single two- or four -wire output shall control both the audible and visual appliances. Upon activation of the audible silence function of the FACP, the audible signal shall be silenced while maintaining strobe activation. Sound output at 10 feet (3.048 m) shall be field -selectable for 92 or 97 dBA anechoic for both continuous or temporal (Code 3) tone. The NS/NS4 Series shall provide listed strobe intensities of 15, 15175, 30, 75, and 110 candela, with a flash rate of one flash per second minimum across the listed voltage range. The strobe shall incorporate a Xenon® flashtube enclosed in a rugged LEXANO lens. The Sync Module shall be designed and available in two versions: the SM-12124, for control of a single Class B NAC circuit; and a dual -output version, the DSM-12/24, for control of either a single Class A or two Class B NAC circuits. The DSM dual -circuit version shall provide the additional capability of "daisy -chaining," i.e., the ability to interconnect multiple OSM's for synchronous hom and strobe operation on multiple NAC circuits. DSM-12/24 coverage interconnection capability shall be for a maximum of 20 modules (40 Class "B" NAC circuits or 20 Class 'A" NAC circuits). Rated average current requirement for the SM-12/24 shall be 0.014 amperes @ 12 VDC and 0.025 amperes @ 24 VDC: the DSM-12/24 shall be 0.020 amperes @ 12 VDC and 0.038 amperes @ 24 VDC. The SM Sync Module shall be capable of handling a three -ampere load at 12 or 24 VOC. The DSM Sync Modules shall be capable of handling a load of three amperes per circuit in the Class "B" mode, and three amperes per module in the Class 'A' mode at 12 or 24 VDC. SM or DSM Sync Modules and NS/NS4 Horn Strobes shall be designed as a system for continuous activation of the strobes should the Sync Module contacts fail in the passive state (i.e., contacts remain closed). In this default mode, the strobes shall revert to a non - synchronized default flash rate. NS/NS4/NH devices shall be designed for operation at 12 or 24 VDC, over their respective listed voltage ranges of 10.5 to 15.6 VOC; and 20.0 to 31.0 VDC. The units shall be designed for operation on filtered DC, or unfiltered VRMs. Rated average current for NSiNS4 Series devices shall depend upon voltage and strobe intensity; the NS Series current shall be as low as 0.053 amperes for 24 VDC versions and 0.133 amperes for 12 VDC versions (both with volume set at high -dB output). Rated average current for Series NH volume set at high -dB output) shall be 0.021 amperes for 24 VDC versions and 0.014 amperes for 12 VDC versions. All versions shall be polarized for DC supervision and shall incorporate screw terminals for in/out field wiring of size #18 AWG (0.75 mm') to #12 AWG (3.25 mm'). NS/NS4/NH shall incorporate a unique Universal Mounting Plate which shall allow mounting to single -gang, double -gang, 4" (10.16 cm) square, 100 mm European backboxes or Wheelock's SHBB surface backbox. No additional trim plate shall be required for flush mounting. - - Dimensions for NS/NS4/NH appliances shall be 4.75" (120.650 mm) square by 1.22" (30.988 mm) deep. Due to continuous development of products offered by NOTIFIER, specifications and product availability are subject to change without notice in accordance with NOTIFIER standard terms and conditions. Page 4 n1 4 — DN•6601 DTK-ml20 HVV Jectricai Specifications j Class: AC Hard -Wired Transiert Vcitage Surge Succresscr Installation Point: Single Cirm-A Agency Approvals: UL. cUL 14AS . IEEE C62.415 Connection Method: Hardwire carallel =nnecicn ' Continuous Current: Unlimited (Parallel Installaticn) Response Time: 5 NSec Installed, <1 NSec Ccmcenent Lavel MCOV: f30 VRN1S/1 ESVFK Operating Frequency: 50/E0 Hz AC Protection Modes: L — N, L — G, N — G Service Voltage: 110 1 125- VAC Diagnostics: Irdicatcr L. c t - z EMVRFi Noise Filtering, Yes Surge Current: 2.5CC rr-cs'm„„ax Suppressed Voltage Rating: SGOV Max Energy: 1 SO Jcules Phvsicai Stecificadons i Housing: Hich Imcac- Housing Color- EIac'k X, Housing Size- 7 X, ....:.' Weicht: 0.1 cl'cs Warranty Lifetime Product Replacement'Narrantl rR rf i3 eC :%di i IT EK-' rar arts hls f :G';:'+' `.0 Ce `r `r::.:eior; .n F rt;..ars ..,C =rd at f al 3rd `C ;r r? ter ncr"'al use art if ti f _ _1,:'i?. C-i i _.K mO . ;ca;' :f 1_ c 51T DTK=LVLP Series nectrical Specifications Class: Low Voltage Line Protection Installation Point: Wire Entry to Building Agencv Approvals: UL4978 Connection Method: Screw terminals 16-22 awq wire. Continuous Current: 5A Response Time• 5 NSec (Installed) Wiring Configuration: 2.4.5. and 8 wire Models available to^Aoc- L - G (All fires protected) 10 I X LV J OPX I SPK ISGR I RUV Max. Surge Current': I Z5CA 11 ZCCA 12CCA t ZCCA 1 ZCCA 11 ZCOA I 1-OCA Max Energy Dissipation (joules)** o.a 1.3 3.; I I,zo I o MCOV- 13VCc 1evcc1 3evCc I >",Zc I ;cz%McltzrMCI'act Tvoical Let -through Voltage: 1 9-1e E:z4 1 4z-3z T4- 0 toe-1=1135-1'ea- Per Line Physical Specifications Housing: Hich Imcac`. Plastic Housing Color. Black Housing Size' 3.01" x 1.P.C" x 1.-:C" Weight: .25 ibs. I Warranty Revised 3=99 Lifetime Product Replacement Warranty DITEK,marrants this product to be free frcm defeets in wcrkmanship and material and to operate i,nder ncrmal use and corditicns. If defectNe, DITEK will repair or replace this unit,Mthout charge. s _ INE Ci T _K CENTER I -P C, r, 7TZ 45 720 Stave'/ RCaC, ar ;r,_ '; WIRE AHD CABLE BUILDIN wIRE THHNITHWNITFFN THERMOPUSTEC Copper and Alum num Conductor-600 Volts IRSULMON NYLON JACKETED Small -diameter single conductor PVC insuiated!Nyion jacketed wire suitable for use in dry locations at a conductor operating temperature of 909C and in wet locations at 75°C. It is also listed by UL as Type MTW 90°C. AWM 105°C. and VW-1. and is Gasoline and Oil Resistant. Sizes 1 /0 AWG and larger are recog- nized for CT use. LDs. M/Fl. Catalog N AWu No. of Strands Insul. Thickness In. Jacket Thickness 0.0. In. Cooper Alum. THHN-I4-SOL 14 1 015 004 11 16 THHN-I2-SOL 12 1 015 004 12 24 THHH-10-SOL 10 1 020 004 15 37 TFFN-18-STR 18' 16 075 004 09 8 TFFN-16-STR 16' 26 015 004 10 12 THHN-I4-STR t 9 015 004 11 16 THHN-12-STR 12 19 015 004 13 24 THHN-10-STR 10 19 020 004 1Ir 739 THHN- 8-STR 6 19 030 005 22 64 THHN- 6-STR 6 19 030 005 26 96 37 THHN- 4-STR 4 19 040 006 33 154 61 THHN- 3-STR 3 19 040 006 36 191 THHN- 2-STR 2 19 040 006 39 236 88 THHN- I-STR 1 19 050 007 45 302 116 THHN- 1/0-STR 1/0 19 050 007 49 375 140 THHN- 2/0-STR 2/0 19 050 007 54 465 170 THHN- 310-STR 310 19 050 007 59 578 206 THHN- 410-STR 4/0 19 050 007 65 719 254 THHN- 259-MCM STR 2515 MCM 37 060 008 72 856 308 THHN- 309 MCM STR 300 MCN. 37 060 008 77 1021 361 THHN- 350 MCM STR 350 MC! 37 060 008 63 1182 04 THHN- 409 MCM STR 400 MCM 37 060 008 87 1350 466 THHN- 500 MCM STR 500 MCM 37 060 008 96 1662 569 THHN- 690 MCM STR 600 MCM 61 070 009 06 2019 69, THHN- 759 MCM STR 750 MCM 61 070 009 1.17 2502 846 THHN- 1090 MCM STR 1000 MCM 61 070 009 1.32 3263 1116 LW9d as TM 9r." Apok ince Wmn; Marrnal fIrC EwoSeC rc pill anp 90 MTW Fo' almnmpm CMUClor enre! peS/Qnaopn AL after THHN. EUmole THMM-AL • 14-SOL Color Abbreviations 3J( - Brae B_ U - Blue BRN - Brown GRN - Green GRY - Gray ORN - Orange PNK - Pink PUn - Pumle RED Rey TAn Tar M FOWER LIMITED FIRE PROTECTIVE SIGNALING CABLE MULTIPLE CONDUCTOR UNSHIELDED — CABLED & JACKETED UL Listed NEC Type FPLR NOMINAL NOMINAL CATALOG NO. NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS AWG SIZE INSULATION THICKNESS JACKET THICKNESS NOMINAL 0.0 POUNDS PER THOUSAND FT. STANDARD STOCK COLORS 5aC0J 22 SCUQ 010 015 150 16 AEO 5a12J a SCL:Q o10 o1a t5c E 5a21 J a 2 SCUQ 010 015 7 REO 5a38J 10 2 SCUD 010 015 2C5 23 5E] 5a23,: 12 22 SCL!0 010 015 ZO a8 KO 5a2 J 16 2 SCUD 010 01 tar- 19 E 22 -C J 5 2: 2 to SCUQ 010.015 1Cti 17 RED aCw a 18 SCLiQ 010 Ot5 1c= 1 REO ace. 010 5a1CJ 10 18 SCL!Q 010 015 25a nED f 5a12i tz to SvUO o10 015 z a n RED UO o10 RED cSCLO 71G V 16 SvL!G 010 015 RE 12 SCUO 01e. 015- QrtCJ CESCRIP70N: Fare G,;Fer, PVC-Insula'Ccn, Cat ler' F`IC JaCc COLOR CCOE. Sae Ccicr CeCe C1.1 E cii pa5le RAMNG: "".-,,L7.ec '-1e,Ai.:ce icu.-r -:;Ise-, -aLv''mee5.C:t:aZa C:.mFlies'+viti L t?53; '- :r er3cJ "are'zr,. UL' 1c c.:est ;cr'1are acFagaucrn;,eint ct elec :;cal mcles :nsailed rem 2C0 vclts red iiremert; S=y c:ne.:in Se, cn 76ir-.1(c):7:ir"1(ej ct NE..I Califcr„ia.Fire MatrtlallAF rcved TT16t-31r1. '-.%:,:::`::.:' =:. - ... _ "f• .. APP' L,CA7;CN: ,ncccr `cr;,cwe,-5rr;itey 'irkGrcte e. rCiifs, ccn wrCt;it ,e NEC.... , ... . =... _.. All weight ar;C :irrensicns in t as catalcg are estmates cnly. NOTES STANDBY BATTERY CALCULATIONS AST GROUP MONITORING PANEL(S) ALARM SUPV TOTAL TOTAL QTY CURRENT CURRENT ALARM SUPV CONTROL PANEL 1 500 MA 410 500 410 ZONE 1 SPARE 0 0 MA 0 0 0 ZONE 2 SMOKE DETECTOR 1 0.012 MA 0.1 0.012 0.1 ZONE 3 PULL STATION 1 0 MA 0 0 0 ZONE 4 FLOW SWITCH 0 0 MA 0 0 0 ZONE 5 TAMPER SWITCH 0 0 MA 0 0 0 ZONE 6 BACK FLOW TAMPER 0 0 MA 0 0 ZONE 7 SPARE 0 0 MA 0 0 0 ZONE 8 SPARE 0 0 MA 0 0 0 NAC CIRCUIT # 1 - HORN 1 0.172 MA 0 0.172 0 500.2 410.1 0.5 0.41 MINUTES IN ALARM X .084 0.042 BACK UP HRS REQ'D IN SUPV. 60 BACK UP HRS REQ'D IN ALARM 5 MINIMUM ALARM AH = 0.042 MINIMUM SUPV. AH = 24.61 SUB TOTAL = 24.65 MINIMUM BATTERY REQ'D (1.1 FACTOR) 27.11 AFA TO USE (4) 12 VOLT 7 AMP HR BATTERIES 28 AMP HOURS STANDBY Ll ZONE D V m ZONE 1 ! b wu 111111111 ZONE Z7 ZONE rA — Alarm ZONE IS — Trouble Suppression Sys. r by others.) FIRE ALARM FLOOR PLAN FIELD VERIFY ro ii T Z F4CT LOCATION u1 ZONE D( pT gl, iir00 Hlnro% ) nOILPZWU0 DI''tiA o I.FF.R.o) rUz. L) cn I F 1,1 IJ ZONE LEGEND 0 U0 ;r F1 P_ ZONE D w a rr.s -1.)I-u:c:- 0 ))wml-') wl:)wor3 Z ICp =CS F[ On III L n1J01, 1-0 wofr> a I- FrOA u D: 1i_ 11,,iwa. l- ; 1,1 Uj k 0 2u) ul V) 1_ z a F XUO:E•t(r(1)w0F<uI-u0. cjj=0 THIS SYSTEM IS DESIGNED TO MONITOR THE SPRINKLER do SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS ONLY. 1.) INSTALL A SMOKE DETECTOR OVER THE "FCP". 2.) INSTALL A PULL STAION NEXT TO PANEL. 3.) PROGRAM PANEL FOR SITE MONITORING. To m m nnuccvm S Y M B O L L E G E N DSOME SYMBOLS MAY NOT BE USED' fit) Ma n0N Iwo o mm owip. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER OUTLET BOX FC FIRE ALARM CONTROL P EL/DIALER (FCP) 14*WA'T 2. MANUFA. F—FAIA FIRE ALARM SYSTEM ANNUN. (IMP) SEE SPECIFICATION SHEET FACP HORN wmgalacc STROBE SEE SPECIFICATION SHEET S-1 AFT MANUAL STA110H /- N8G 4' SQUARE W/ T-GANG RAISED COVER S-2 SPRINKLER WATER FLOW SWITCH BY OTHERS BY OTHERS SPRINKLER TAMPER SWITCH BY OTHERS BY OTHERS JUNCTION BOX BY OTHERS BY OTHERS INlM ROOR V-- END -OF -LINE DEVICE SEE SPECIFICATION SHEET PER DEVICE SS MOKE DETECTOR _ 5,.-;p 4' SOUARE •/SINGLE GANG RING FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL DETAIL N.T.S. DUCT DETECTOR BY OTHERS BY OTHERS U) W w W W cvNM U p 1, W 02 OJ 0 o c 0 U) W In J m emm w we a/" GIG II, L A I10. Y-11.Y SHEET I T s I oun r AFA Protective Systems Revised Zone Legend Zone 1— Waterflow Zone 2 — Tamper Switch Zone 3 — Backflow Tamper Switches Zone 4 — Pull Station and Smoke Detector @ FCP Zone 5 — Alarm from Suppression Panel Zone 6 — Trouble from Suppression Panel Seminole County Property Appraiser Get Information by Parcel Number Page 1 of 1 PARCEL DETAIL WSTKST Seminole 0xint, pettrrl rprau: r - e%ur 1101 K. Fir", 1antord 1.7. -1 9J1?-AhS.-? iilh GENERAL Parcel Id: 27-19-30-504-0000- Tax District: S1-SANFORD 0050 VALUE SUMMARY Value Method: Market BLUE BELL 40-VAC Owner: Dor: INDUSTRIAL Number of Buildings: 0 CREAMERIES LP GENER Depreciated Bldg Value: $0 Address: PO BOX 1807 Depreciated EXFT Value: $0 Cit State,ZipCode: BRENHAM TX Exemptions: y' 77834 Land Value (Market): $148,540 Land Value Ag: $0 Property Address: GORDON ST Just/Market Value: $148,540 Facility Name: Assessed Value (SOH): $148,540 SALES Exempt Value: $0 Deed Date Book Page Amount Vac/Imp Taxable Value: $148,540 WARRANTY DEED 05/2002 04435 0479 $239,100 Vacant Tax Bill Amount: $3,116 Find Comparable Sales within this DOR Code LAND LEGAL DESCRIPTION PLAT Land Assess Method Frontage Depth Land Units Unit Price Land Value LOT 5 GORDON SUBDIVISION PB 56 PGS 47 & SQUARE FEET 0 0 67,518 220 $148,540 48 NOTE: Assessed values shown are NOT certified values and therefore are subject to change before being finalized for ad valorem tax purposes 3-2 littp-//www.scpafl.org/pls/web/re web.seminole county_title?PARCEL=271930504000000_.. 8/l/2002 LQC.._..,- - - - 1 Permit # Tax Folio # MIS INSikutobw F'KtY^kw qs NAME t=6 CL NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT ADDR. Q, State of FL01-10/1 ' M/1I r tfwfl 9 Ft • 1`?S' County of SEPHINOL.E ""'.''' -=`._. THE UNDERSIGNED hereby gives notice that improvement will be made to certain real property, and in accordance with Chapter 713, Florida, Statutes, the following information is provided in this Notice of commencement. 1. Description of property: 5O0 OVX0404 17-- J'4-4 EVAP+ /Cc- 37_77.1 2. General description of improvement: 1OE_ck4AAA CIs M16,JnoN CFivT&L. 3. Owner Information: a. Name & Address: SSE SELL- GILE.4r *AR I E S, LP 1101 JOVW 61g IVIV tX 667- : Nt&y#4, 1 _ T -C 7783¢ -I P7 b. Interest In Property: C. Name & Address of fee simple titleholder (other than owner): 1/Lf Contractor's Name & Address: A(4JF/EC0 (ra tR/E . LLC- C' 900 Vi'vOrUtEY P}c.E f J7><. Zs0 It o AL JZ7T(, a. Phone number: 4-07• b` 0• aos o b. Fax number: 407• 3971- 44 L 1e 5. Surety Information: a. Name & Address: e-114 CERTIFIED COPY MARYANNE MORSE b. Phone number: C. Fax number: CLERK OF CIROUIT COURT d. Amount of Bond: $ SEMIN 6. Lender's Name & Address: IV4 .. a. Phone number: b. Fax number: AUG n 20ftft02 7. Person within the State of Florida designated by owner upon whom notices or other documents may be served as provided by 713.13 (1) (a) 7, Florida Statues: 1 a. Name & Address: 477r/: EA J K SM#04 (QAAJFiELO c Fo44 /EJ b. Phone number: " c. Fax number: 01" 8. In addition to himself, owner designates of to receive a copy of the Lienor's. Notice as provided in Section 713.13 (1) (b), Florida Statutes. a. Phone number: b. Fax number: 9. Expiration date of Notice of Commencement (the expiration date is one (1) year from the date of recording unless a different date is specified): lima "papal II w III w 11 III A lIl A RI q 11 I AD yam i Signature of owner) MARYANNE MORE, CLERK OF CIRCUIT COURTSTec/e DAB S SENINOLE COUNTY Sworn t nd subs before me BK 04478 PS 1859 this day of 1ll..i , 20j22, CLERK' S # 2002918472 RECORDED 08/01/ 2M 0114Pt43 PN Notary RECORDING FEES 6.00 Known ers nally/ I.D. Sh n My commission expires: RECORDED BY M Noldetl JULIE A. JALONEN MY COMMISSION # DO 081176 EXPIRES: December 27, 2005 Rl.tt• 00 dM Thru Nrary Am W4V* f.r. Notice of Commencement. docC:\DOCUME-1\sdavis\LOCALS- 1\Temp\Notice of Commencement.doc CITY OF SANFORD PLUMBING APPLICATION PERMIT NO. - OZ/ 9,3 3 DATE -7//pZ THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY APPLIES FOR A PERMIT TO INSTALL THE FOLLOWING PLUMBING: OWNER'S NAME: ,?u3 ADDRESS OF JOB:.54CI0- PLUMBING CONTRACT01:224RE RES. VON-RES. Subject to rules and regulations of Sanford Plumbing Code 16 am statine that 1 am Code. pplicant Signature G 02309 State License# Please Contact Marie St. Amour 407-788-3500 x 1236 CITY OF SANFORD ELECTRICAL PERMIT APPLICATION Permit Number: oa/933 Date: 8111 a The undersigned hereby applies for a permit to install the following. g: h%CcrRFC44- Owners Name: &4-% 8rii CRs.r ve It S Ae Address of Job: $o0 660¢400.. 3 a.77 / Electrical Contractor. CE77 44C Residential: Non -Residential: X Number Amount Addition, Alteration, Repair (Residential & Non -Residential) New Residential: AMP Service New Commercial: 7 3 w 0ca AMP Service Change of Service: From AMP Service to AMP Service Manufactured Building Other: Description of Work: ^&W e, ,-_mc AL VTR-vc'r-o.J t.rcLvbj_j(o 6 .J •C..a Ms c! Application Fee: 10.00 TOTAL DUE: p By Signing this application I am'stating that I am in compliance with City of Sanford Electrical Co e. Applicant's Signature State License Number. v- (0 0 1'7 AC# 0 4 6 4 9 ,; 9 STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENTELECTRICALSCONTRACTORSINESS iSD RLICENSING LBOARD LATION SEQ#L0206210212-9 DATE BATCH NUMBER 1. 11 1 :111" The•FUECTRICAL CONTRACTOR Named below IS CERTIFIED Under the provisions of Chapter 489 FS. Expiration date: AUG 31, 2004 BORDERICK, F RANCE ENCOMPASS ELECTRICAL TECH.-FLORIDA, LLC 430 WEST DRIVE ALTAMONTE SPRINGS FL 32714 JEB BUSH GOVERNOR KIM BINKLEY-SEYER SECRETARY CITY OF SANFORD MECHANICAL APPLICATION PERMIT NO. ` 33 DATE:_ TH s UNDERSIGNED HEREBY APPLIES FOR A PERMIT TO INSTALL THE FOLLOWING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT: . OWNER'S NAME R I LA9- ?W-11 Q 1'eC mV4 2 S ADDRESS OF JOB SO 0 Gorr Elc, MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR: Erie t'4 ZnC_ . RESIDENTIAL COMMERCIAL V Subject to rules and regulations of Sanford Mechanical Code Valuation: Q O- 7100.00 Application Fee: $10.00 Total 110 , 00 By Signing this application I am stating that I am in compliance with City of Sanford Mechanical Code. 1 c P M Applicant Signature QAQ043393 States License# CITY OF SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT FEES FOR SERVICES PHONE # 407-302-1091 * FAX #: 407-330-5677 DATE: O BUSINESS NAME / PROJECT: ADDRESS: OO C PHONE NO. qOq 403 -61 P 1T :_ o e (. FAX NO.( l 0 7 / vc k CONST. INSP. [ ] C / O INSP.:[ ] REINSPECTION [ ] PLANS REVIEW , F. A. [ 1 F.S. [ ] HOOD [ ] PAINT BOOTH [ J BURN PERMIT [ ] TENT PERMIT [ TANK PERMIT [ ] OTHER [ ] TOTAL FEES: $ aZ > y6 ( PER UNIT SEE BELOW) COMMENTS: /—/QR_%ri V,r.J S {1 p 7'-yc Ue_ r-} c Address / Bldg. # / Unit # Square Footage Fees er Bldg. / Unit 2. 3 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Fees must be paid to Sanford Building Department, 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, FI. 32771 Phone # -407- 330-5656. Proof of Payment must be made to Fire Prevention division before any further services can take place. I certify that the above is true and correct and that I will comply with all applicable codes and ordinances of the Cit of Sanford, Florida. r, Sanford Fire Prevention Division Applic 's Signature 05/20/02 13:11 FAX SIT 222 8550 CARTER Is BURGESS 1@ 002 9-17-1995 4:27PM FROM • P-1 CarY Of SwMFORD PFRb= APFUCATOM -30 -oz- k,02et>rmie Na ° joli•Addrees: psrmitTypin Bolldlo _ 81eet:in! mocl sedesl Plunswag Flee Alan pdakler Dtiseiiptlaia eiFwerk: S^'Y i C].tx'17"1 'p/ll-dd (1 e C o-+r,n . e.r, a. of Ad&dood Iatbemat m 1w $feu meal & Pftm og Permits 9'81ei:trIeal: --Add6vo/AI1w ditan Chnge of Servks Tempvtsey Pots New Aide Service (IN of AMPS Pltisoblag/Raaides,tial: AdAftivWAltaaticu ---.,Now CoasU=dm (One Closet Plus Addid—al} pft, bfwp/CommergbL- Numbs' of Pact we Number of wmw dt Sower Dtalnsgs Uses Number of Gas Lutes RVesapsseytype: ssideatiaiCemmeraal 7ndtistrfal Total S9 >: eg: 1 Value of Work: s 4 Type eT'o < Flo" Zone.d[Q_ 1 IooaberolStories:_ N®bee efDwgllfog Uauts: Piroel Nan 1 NT;$' 6oQw y.Su P44TB0d1ri RAWts 4-7 ` (An$ob Proof ofawwuzsblp ac Legal Oexr ptiaa) owari/ wddeeds/p>soor_ Q.Cr B.L ies .r.p_ i/D! S- tR'px?q9&e 7- 7163 S/ -1190 7 L . Strut uoanns Number: -:f 6 - 4 d G `'] Cvataae Perron: EQ l G hr !j/9RP Phme & FmManber: TW6 HWdw (lf Gftw wen Ow=* — ri, dare$: - -- Addes= ldoel sge: Carden: • wd raec . ar li fRh° — t3L/R S S PhC*e No.: aa:. 3Dd s fiP.-G^ 9.,r, dL f/O. S4aP.2&) F64I-!/02iry TX Pax NZ: 5(!7 2 76l3- S/o Appiimtion is hereby made to ebcs a a permit to do the work and oufthadoos as tad*=W. I oaiiethat no work or ingaIlaWee has oomaouacad purer m tiro iswoam of a permit "sad tho all week will be perRraned to west stw9kW s of all laws regulating construed4m iu t>iia jutfadialvo. I tiaodatt d that a eepms to pcmf< must be secured 2r KL CTUICAL WORK PLUMBING. SIONS. WELLS. POCL4. FtRLNACB9.13011ERS. IMATSRS. TANK4. and AIR CONDITIONERS. etc. R` S AFFm Vn I oasdlyy dust all of ibe *regoias inflta nsdan fs acaaate and the all wank will be done in cam pliaad wish all sPplieable laara tr8uladng ooastnion and gonio& WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR PAi><. TO RECORD A NOTICE OF . CO1v& MNCEM8NT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYR40 TWICE FOR [14PROVEIW04TS TO YOUR PROPERTY. IF YOU IIfrZND TO OBTAIN FIN NC1140, CONSULT WITH YOUR LEND= OR AN ATTOWNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMIdBId EMID14T. Im tuidbtlan to the re qubvm mta of this pw=k mere mew be eddfdvnal remiadew sppllmWe to this pr9perty toes may be ieund iQ t[a• public e•aords o tbis eelmry, sad Ibsv meq bs additiatal peranits regtticsd from otbQ govarsnsleoouaf easlrles suet sin water taamgemest diskigtr, x2mfe sgmeiM or Vx1ow l ageamee. Aooeptaaoe ofpermit fs vsi5wdort that I will tto4 ywe vwnar oltlaspropeepr afFkaida lea Law. FS 713. 5 Z'/ 0 Si ataa+e AgentI Date 1LIw S t-h WE - 6xASF10(-0 c G00A rE Notary Public, State of Florida My comm. exp. May 11, 2003 Comm. No. OC836195 r- s: Pub ISaowa t i+ee ark '' I U ,. i odwaod>a i Pkint CoaraactW ` Tismne Li7MI6- IXgritrnadfN4tmrStseeofMmide. Date . DEBORAH S. RICHARDSON Notary Public, State offlorida My comm. exp. ,-2 etsyotar/ m. Me or m ' APPLICATION APPROVED BY: ?j:) : Date: / Al' " Speoial' Caoditrom: UUI # — I Steve Davis Full Name: Tim Dwyer Last Name: Dwyer First Name: Tim Company: Brasfield & Gorrie Business Address: 900 W inderley Place Suite 250 Maitland, Florida 32751 Business: 407) 660-8090 Mobile: 1 904-237-8722 Business Fax: 407) 875-1926 E-mail: tdwyer@brasfieldgorie.com t ; t M AY 2 1 2002 I_I Tim, Attached is the building permit application and associated documents. Please sign your part and send it to: Jo -Ann Johnson City of Sanford 300 N. Park Street Sanford, Florida 32771 They will start the review after receiving this information... the plans are already submitted by the engineers. Thanks Steve Davis Facilities Management Blue Bell Creameries L.P. Brenham, Texas 409-830-2109 phone 409-830-2111 fax sdavis@bluebell.com 1 05/20/02 13:11 FAX 817 222 8550 9-17-1 SW 4 : 28PM MOM CARTER & BURGESS IM003 P. 2 CObMMCIAL MUMOM PLAN REQUDS=NTS AND CMCKLIS? FOR FLORMA BUIMING COD$ 2001 sus crmcUAM9 BFFBCITVE MARCH 1, Z= ALL BUELDDIG PLANS ldUs't' J CUMB ME i OLLOWWO ITEMS AND MCATB C011dpilAM WIM CHAPTER 16 SECTION 1606 OF THB FLORIDA BUIIMWO OWE 2001BY PJLOVE DINOCALCULATIONS AND MA1i. 3 THAT NAVE MM SEAL AND SIGxATURB OF A CERI M ARC=CT OR BNGi MM RBGISTBRBD 1N TM STATE OF PWMDA. THE POLLOWWO BASIC WM SPEED AS MR FIGUM 106 SHALL SE USED. l10 MPH CSMItAL RBOOM MEMM: Two (2) compkte sds ofplaas oontaising a Boor Plea6 site plan. £oumdati= pLm. Aamir of broom* plan or trots byom4 wall uxbcm and all exterior dvwwaoos with the foUowms crac a sad do==== Apulicsnt Puns Examiner O AU dmwbp mat be ales, cmdo ad dmwo t0 scWx ("0pd00il" dd lla that am not used don be ma kod void or crossed of} Sgmm footage of diffam arras shall bean O P I- DesipWssame and sipstme on dmA mt (FSC 104.Z.1) If lkm=ed alahitem or llee e. affi0isi Mal shall ba i Od. Qa' D ME mcoaies of A,pprovM SH Plan O G Qscvaaaes Omdff=dm sad &CM Oedhnaaeo Rea remelt OBC CbmpL 4 4) Fbe ReslstaE Ceastruedpa ReaKtee =u shall indude: O O a) >nc resistant sepataaim ()isted systma) O o b) am resiut pmoud o for type of aaas&"= OO a) p muoiao of opmmp sod pftom ions of=W wWb (lined gyl=) Q O d) lls+s bloaft smd d A-dopplaS o e) ealwlaled bbe malYam Fire SBDDM= kn altems andl ineLsde: (Rav3ewed by Fitt NLrchal) D a) En apriskim (steak pmzdt by iicmnd gxink s anwactar) O O b) fmm dmm sym= (eetiy.ra miw with same of lice W bsunw if aoc an ootwsM= plat at time ctpma ft toponftpmdtxglkW by I muO i =Uor O O c) make evaeuadw s)sht sebamok O O d) slaod.pkm wo-og< llsea+d symalm rim dissmm Ljle-ft cty_Stwteasa shall tododr. 0Lcwew by Pile MmWmO D and egress a actty . O a b y waaleBlovd D a o)smom oeulzol D O d}mit ptas aaadaa 6 i aC C'eatta o load ( pots sad W b)mer pm aooess, etut ami eycic discbstge O e talr 0aasauet9am/geomelly ata peotsedaa tz ekmeegonoy 4 emi aed attic sib . l)oonsml lequiemesnts .: 2)botizroonn l ettla/adt psssagevwys 05/20/02 13:12 FAX 817 222 8550 CARTER & BURGESS 0004 9- 17-19% 4:28PM FROM P.3 Reaabremes• sbs8 MudeA , OV caoditioas/a rsis o e)buiidimg aavdope I3rr co aZ 49i^lPe,44 o As Nd,r sU t p Sg Diva: 77VC- Y' pb o 7rooi s p O lib Wd isspwfm plan O w= d ab sma isdade:: a)+. 00. B p d)oanwm arl, Bebog Bat wlod aabs imolur>ing deuiR far iosta11s0oa sad ) o D B)mscoaey o h lpnaa bad and Pd. . e D modal) limed 6air d sme ioosWladaa and ) D O a 6c mqulc me>ses . O b)aaoe mbk fume . i p c e ticsl amassi6lligr o n a)Ooold and badogg fseibties p e)dr loag % 9r D gupeasl oval tequasmeat tT O bsaic boi® g vgaie Iatanor raas_sdsll adadc inls" Sam% (2 BPXWM* O dev") D b)H& and vmb7fLsoa I O e itstioo Sse idSyaRass_fh.LfRelude . o D ekvseoa p O b ealators El p C)ii f o a bas E Poobz comsnerdal-Plus dgpod ad s ealod by Plodds Reg is eavd P cec sd appeaved by *% Dmt of 8whws and pioo5ard=d RRulationi/Hesltb Das UwA b&@& z cvmaEmm wAb the Fbd& Alive Cade Chapter 64E. 9aoa SoWm 424odthaFtmik Bmldbs Caen D lsiliC'PRICAI. " . y m000ticd wmmg. ae< vioas, hod= Md wamb dmuitl6 overCs+oae protao4ao. 9= dh% V&bg= oao s sod Wood" GFcIL oi O b) Hq ipmmt t a C) Spedsl Ocm*md s D Gamombmicadm sysam O g) Lod moos f o b)Risadmglam 05/20/02 13:12 FAX $17 222 $550 CARTER & BURGESS Im005 9-17-199S As30PM FROM P.1 PLUMMG 0 a) P&mimmvWmbia9bdHdw o/ O b) Fame -emm s El w o dsodar dnbop o n e) WNW bwm t 0 4 vam v o Z) P-oofdmiaW p 11 b) Back tow pav =MI D LOentioo of v1 es s1 p1y D O W G laaO tmDs 0 m) Plombiag Rim o MMMANICAL a) Energy Cdcu dm (Sipmd and Scaled by Ata dM* p/ D b) Bx1la atcy s: Goers dk rer aabsus Ikiiobm aquipmms e mue spxialcy g{/ O eabm systems. c) Fgeammt O d) 8glppme locadoo o e) Mres+ air O O t) Roofmomted egWpmeat H D Duet syakems p O eptile doe ' Cambusdm sic o a and VMS p/ D Ik) Applimom O fD O n) Bml>koom venn'latioa p D o) Labomu y p O a) Gas p*n p D b) Vcaftg D G e) CamWalan Air D D d) cbkmeys mw rates O D e) Appliaooes n O 1)Type gfcm 0 G Si Fb cplaoas D D b) LP tsk locatiam D O i) Riser diapmdsblR oti O D , DEMOLITION 4) ssbwm mawy _ O 0 b) Ut ty removal fam pERNIIT N[7MBER - - srclvATc1RE of Aprz,>r7AW MNATORE OF PLANS EXA1blIN 05/20/02 13:12 FAX 817 222 8550 CARTER & BURGESS MOOG SUBMISSION OF INFORMATION FOR CONCURRENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM REVIEW OF PROPOSED SITE USE BLUE BELL CREAMERIES, LPp 501 GORDON STREET SANFORD. FLORIDA 32771 Blue Bell Creameries, LP is a company with headquarters in Brenham, Texas, engaged primarily in the manufacture and distribution of ice cream products in a marketing area that comprises, at the present time, all of the states in the southeastern portion of the United States. Blue Bell accomplishes the majority of Its distribution by building, and operating from, distribution branches, strategically located in communities scattered throughout the Southeast. Blue Bell desires to build a distribution branch in the Gordon Subdivision Inside the city limits of Sanford, Florida. At this branch, Blue Bell will receive trailer loads of ice cream from the manufacturing plant in Brenham, Texas. The ice cream products will be unloaded and stored inside a sub -zero cold storage room until they are loaded onto local delivery trucks that are operated by route delivery drivers, to serve the customers in the planned geographical area designed for service by these drivers. Typically the drivers will leave the branch site early in the morning and make deliveries to customers all during the day. After their deliveries are made, they will return to the branch site in late afternoon where they reload their trucks for the next day's deliveries and do their required check -in and paper work for the current day's delivery. The branch plans to have 15 delivery drivers to deliver the ice cream products. These drivers will be gone from the site all day, returning only to reload and do the paperwork ' for the current days sales. In addition to the drivers, there will be 2 full time office staff on the premises all day, 2 full-time shipping clerks on the premises all day, 2 part-time shipping clerks on site for a: portion of the day, 6 total management people of which 4 will be gone all day, and the other 2 will be in and out of the office all during the day. COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION: I hereby certify that the plans and specifications Review of the plans and specifications covered by this covered by this calculation are in compliance calculation indicates compliance with the Florida Energy with the Florida Energy Efficiency Code. Efficiency Code. Before construction is completed, this building will be inspected for compliance in accordance with Section 553.908, Florida Statutes. Bryan Grimes PREPARED BY: Mindy Whisler BUILDING OFFICIAL: DATE: 5/8/2002 DAT —? —i q - Z I hereby certify (*) that the system design is in compliance with the Florida Energy Efficiency Code SYSTEM DESIGNER / , REGISTRATION/STATE ARCH AR. MECHANICAL:. _ , ) (F , f7e - 005234A / ELECTRICAL: f'E - LIGHTING: 4LJi Aj 44. 4!' PFF - 'F;?Vj1F'• Signature is required where Florida Law requires design to be performed by registered design professionals. Typed names and registration numbers may be used where all relevant information is contained on signed/sealed plans. 05/08/2002 EnergyGauge F1aCom FLCCSB v1.2 2 Project: Blue Bell Title: Blue Bell Distribution Center Type: Office (Business) Location: SANFORD, SEMINOLE COUNTY, FL (691500) WEA File: Orlando Whole Building Compliance Design Reference Total 84.79 100.00 ELECTRICITY 84.79 1.00.00 AREA LIGHTS 23.36 25.79 MISC EQUIPMT 8.79 8.79 PUMPS & MISC 0.08 0.08 SPACE COOL 19.46 21.58 SPACE HEAT .2.59 3.10 VENT FANS =30.50 = — - 40.65 Credits & Penalties (if any): Modified Points: = 84.8 PASSES I 05/08/2002 EnergyGauge FlaCom FLCCSB v1.2 Project: Blue Bell Title: Blue Bell Distribution Center Type: Office (Business) Location: SANFORD, SEMINOLE COUNTY, FL (691500) WEA File: Orlando External Lighting Compliance Allowance Area or ELPA CLP Desc Category W/Unit) Length (W) (W) Ext Light I Building Exterior 0.25 100.0 25 900 Surfaces/facades Ext Light 2 Private Parking Lots 0.12 53,320.0 6,398 3,500 Ext Light 3 Entrance (without Canopy) 30.00 5.0 150 13 Ext Light 4 Entrance (without Canopy) 30.00 4.5 135 150 Design: 4563 (W) PASSES I Allowance: 6708.4 (W) Project: Blue Bell Title: Blue Bell Distribution Center Type: Office (Business) Location: SANFORD, SEMINOLE COUNTY, FL (691500) WEA File: Orlando Lighting Controls Compliance Ash- Acronym rae ID Description Area No. of sq.ft) Tasks Design Min Compli- CP CP ance AC-1 Office 32 Offices (Partitions<3.5 ft below 1,340 1 4 3 J,AS ceiling) Open plan offices 900 ft or larger with partitions higher AC-2 Office 32 Offices (Partitions<3.5 ft below 1,775 1 4 4 PASSE ceiling) Open plan offices 900 ft or larger with partitions higher IPASSES 05/08/2002 EnergyGauge FlaCom FLCCSB v1.2 Project: Blue Bell Title: Blue Bell Distribution Center Type: Office (Business) Location: SANFORD, SEMINOLE COUNTY, FL 691500) WEA File: Orlando System Report Compliance AHU-2 A11U-2 Unitary Systems Capa- Design Eff Design IPLV Comp - Component Category city Eff Criteria IPLV Criteria liance Cooling System Air Cooled < 65000 Btu/h 60000 10.60 10.00 10.00 PASSES Cooling Capacity Heating System Electric Furnace 34000 1.00 1.00 PASSES Air Handling Air Handler (Supply) - 2000 0.60 0.80 PASSES System -Supply Constant Volume AHU-1 AHU-1 Unitary Systems Capa- 'nesisr Eff Design IPLV Comp - Component Category city Eff, Criteria IPLV Criteria liance Cooling System Air Cooled < 65000 Btu/h 60000 10.60 10.00 8.00 PASSES Cooling Capacity Heating System Electric Furnace 34000 1.00 1.00 PASSES Air Handling Air Handler (Supply) - 2000 0.60 0.80 PASSES System -Supply Constant Volume ASSES _'1 Plant Compliance Installed Design Min Design Min Comp Description No Size Eff Eff IPLV IPLV Category liance None 05/08/2002 EnergyGauge FlaCom FLCCSB v1.2 Project: Blue Bell Title: Blue Bell Distribution Center Type: Office (Business) Location: SANFORD, SEMINOLE COUNTY, FL (691500) WEA File: Orlando Water Heater Compliance Desc Type Category Design Eff Min Design Max Comp Eff Loss Loss liance WH-1 Storage Water Heater - <=120 [gal] & <= 12 0.90 Electric [ k W ] 0.88 'US-E llPASSES I Project: Blue Bell Title: Blue Bell Distribution Center Type: Office (Business) Location: SANFORD Piping System Compliance Pipe Dia Is Operat Ins Cond Ins Req Ins Comp Category finches] Runout Temp IF] Btu-in/h Thick lin] Thick Iinl lianc r.SF.F Domestic and Service Hot Water Systems 0.75 False 105.00 0.27 1.00 1.00 PASSES FASSES 05/08/2002 EnergyGauge FlaCom FLCCSB vl.2 Project: Blue Bell Title: Blue Bell Distribution Center Type: Office (Business) Location: SANFORD Other Required Compliance Category Section Requirement (write N/A in box if not applicable) Check Infiltration 406.1 Infiltration Criteria have been met System 407.1 HVAC Load sizing has been performed Ventilation 409.1 Ventilation criteria have been met ADS 410.1 Duct sizing and Design have been performed T & B 410.1 Testing and Balancing will be performed Electrical 413.1 Metering criteria have been met Motors 414.1 Motor efficiency criteria have been met Lighting 415.1 Lighting criteria have been met O & M 102.1 Operation/maintenance manual will be provided to owner 05/08/2002 EnergyGauge FlaCom FLCCSB v1.2 7 DEVELOPMENT FEE WORKSHEET CITY OF SANFORD UTILITY - ADMIN. P. 0. BOX 1788 SANFORD, FL 32772-1788 Project Name: U LL Owner/Contact Person: Address: S Uc Cam^ S ; , Type of Development: 1) RESIDENTIAL Type of Units (single family or multi -family): Total Number of Units: 2) Type of Utility Connection individual connections or central water meter & common sewer tap): Water Meter Size (3/411, 2", etc.): REMARKS: INIX NON-RESIDENTIAL Type of units (commercial, industrial, etc.): Total Number of Buildings.: Number of Fixture Units each building): Type of Utility Connection individual connections or central water meter & common sewer tap): Water Meter Size (3/4" 1", 2", etc.) fOhh. 3-7 F Date: Phony VD o REMARKS: SEwE/, G; yr y ° CONNECTION FEE CALCULATION: pRcP R' Gl vC IV1)7 //yA-9C7 11f wEA J,1'7? jc7 y7cG Name - Signature - Date. C ,u S- /3 0/o z REVISED ra/917 Y Y ll'111 1111Na(:l f l:l'"' Equivalent Residential Connection (ERC) - 300 Gallons Per Day (GPO) Residential - 650/Unit - Single;laamily structure.•or multi -family unit containing three (3) bedrooms or more, 5487.50/Unit - Multi -family unit or Mobile Home unit containinglessthanthree (3) bedrooms. (This category isbasedonjudgement/assumption, estimation that such family units on average require 751 - 225 GPDofthewaterandsewerserviceofanaverage single family unit.) Commercial;- - c , 650/ERU - Fixture unit schedule from Southern Plumbing Codewillbeused. One ERU will be charged for connection and up to twenty (2) fixture units. For projects having more than twenty (20) fixture units the Impact Fee will be determined byincrementsof251basedonmultiplesoffive (5) fixture units above the twenty (20) fixture unitbaseforthefirstERU. (Example: twenty-five25) fixture units will.be rated as 1.25 eru: twenty-six (26) fixture units will be rated as 1.5ERU.) 2) Sewer System Impact Fees Equivalent Residential Connections - 270 Gallons Per Day (GPD) Residential - 1700 Unit - Single family structure, or multi -family unit containing three (3) bedrooms or more. 1275/Unit - Multi -family unit or Mobile Home unit containinglessthanthree (3) bedrooms. '(This category is based on judgement/assumption/estimation that such family units on average require 751 of water and sewer service of an average single family unit.) Commercial - Industrial - Institutional 1700/ERU - Fixture unit schedule from Southern Plumbing Codewillbeused. One ERU will be charged for connection and up to twenty (20) fixture units. For projects having more than twenty (20) fixture units the Impact Fee will be increments of 251 based on multiples of five (5) fixture units abovethetwenty (20) fixture unit base for the firstERU. (Example: twenty-five (25) fixture units will be rated as 1.25 ERU: twenty-six (26) fixture units will be rated as 1.5 ERU.) 3 a tN9 E2 -//"7 6 S-o k 1 = (300 SF_wE. 1i`iPtc-7 F/-i = /70(, .k.2 3 Y0a A TABLE 709.1 DRAINAGE FIXTURF trNrrs rnra Flrnrnoa ..,., FIXTURE TYPE Automatic clothes washers, commercial' Automatic clothes washers, residential Bathroom group consisting of water closet, lavatory, bidet andbathtuborshower ORAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT VALUE AS LOAD FACTORS 3 2 6 MINIMUM SIZE OF TRAP (Inches) 2 2.. ; •, Bathtubb (with or without overhead shower or whirlpool attachments) 2 1 /2 rBidet Combination sink and tray Dental lavatory Dental unit or cuspidor Dishwashing machine c domestic Drinking fountain Emergency floor drain Floor:drains Kitchen sink, domestic 2 2 I 1 2 2 X 2 2 11/a I /22 I /4 I /2 I /4 2 I /2Kitchensink, domestic with food waste grinder and/or dishwasher 2 1 /2Laundrytray (I or 2 compartments) 2 I /2Lavatory I }( - 1 /4Showercompartment, domestic 2 2Sink 2 ,- 2 - l /2Urinal .= Urindl, l gallon per flush or less Wash sink (circular or multiple) each set of faucets 4 2e 2 Footnote d Footnote d 11/2Watercloset, flushometer tank, public or private Water closet, private installation Water closet, public installation For Sre 1 inrh -'M A — I __u__ - 4e 4 )K 3 - 6 Footnote d Z Footnote d j] Footnote d I For traps larger than 3 inches, use Table 709.2. 3 % 3 % b A showencmad over a bathtub or whirlpool bathtub attachments does not increase the drainage fixture unit value. e See Sections 7091 through 709.4 for methods of computing unit value of fixtures not listed in Table 709.1 or for rating of devices with intermittent flows. d Trap size shall be consistent with the fixture outlet size. e For the purpose of computing loads on building drains and sewers, water closets or urinals shall not be rated at a lower drainage fixture unit unless the lower valuesareconfirmedbytesting. DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNITABLE 709.i TS FOR FIXTURE DRAINS OR TRAPS FIXTURE DRAIN OR TRAP SRE Inches) DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT VALUE 11/4 1 k ( + S 1 /2 2 2 3 2 /2 4 3 S 4 6 J." HUM i. r i • Standard Plumbing CodeC1997iy SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, Fl. 32771 / P. O. Box 1788, Sanford, Fl. 32772 407 302-2520 / FAX (407) 330-5677 Pager (407) 918-0395 Plans Review Sheet Date: 7118102 Business Address; 500J3ordon Street Occ. Ch. (#38)Business (#40) Warehouse Business Name: Blue Bell Creameries Ph. () Contractor: Brasfield & Gorrie Ph. (904) 493-6101 Fax. (904) 493-6066 Reviewed [ ] Reviewed with comment [ X ] Rejected [ ] Reviewed by: Timothy Robles, Fire Protection Inspector/Plans Examiner _7_ Comment: Plans reviewed as Business/Warehouse Occupancy. FD reserves right to require applicable code requirements if occupancy use changes. Sprinkler plans to be submitted for review, permitting, and inspections. If separate certified contractor does underground fireline, plans to be submitted for review, permitting, and inspections. Sealed letter from Engineer of Record stating design criteria for sprinRler system needs to be submitted with construction plans. Fire Alarm plans to be submitted for review, permitting, and inspections. Fire Sprinkler system shown as "Class #2 commodity, maximum storage 18' (ft) high. Dry and Wet pipe system 1.1 Application — New Metal Building, 12,523 (sq, ft)building with fire sprinkler system 1.2Mixed — N/A (warehouse 8,953 sq ft,) & (office 3, 570 sq ft,) 1.3 Special Definitions —None 1.4 Classification of Occupancy — Business(iow) , Warehouse (ordinary) 1.5 Classification of Hazard of Contents — Ordinary 1.6 Minimum Construction — N/R 2.2 Means of Egress Components — Door, 101 B- shall comply with L. S. C. 2000 SECTION 7.2.1.6.1 (Tie door into fire alarm) 2.3 Capacity of Egress — O.K. SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION' 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, FI.32771 / P. O. Box 1788, Sanford, Fl. 32772 407 302-2520 / FAX (407) 330-5677 Pager (407) 918-0395 2.4 Number of Exits — O.K. 2.5 Arrangement of Egress — O.K., will field verify 2.6 Travel Distance — O.K. 2.7 Discharge from Exits — O.K., will field verify 2.8 Illumination of Means of Egress — O.K.; will field verify 2.9 Emergency Lighting - Fire Department will field verify (6) six inside cooler area 2.10 Marking of Means of Egress — O.K.; will field verify 2.11 Special Features -Reserved 3.1 Protection of Vertical Openings — N/N (single story building) 3.2 Protection from Hazards — Per section 8.4.1> sec 9.7 (mechanical room shall be protected by fire sprinkler system) 3.3 Interior Finish — Class I,II, per 10.2.7 3.4 Detection, Alarm and Communications Systems — as per NFPA 72 (submit plans for review) 3.5 Extinguishing Requirements — as per NFPA 10, see page "A-O" one (1) 51b, CO -2, fire extinguisher, two (2) 3A40BC fire extinguishers required in office area. Two (2) 4A rated fire extinguishers outside cooler area (truck bays) SEE PAGE A-O 3.6 Corridors — Fire sprinklers in lieu of (1) hour rating 4 Special Provisions: 5 Building Services: Fuel tanks will require site plan permit & plans review to meet N.F.P.A. #30 5.1 Utilities — as per LSC 9-1 5.2 HVAC — as per LSC 9-2= All A/C units over 2,000 C.F.M. require duct detectors to tie into fire alarm panel as "trouble" alarm only 5.3 Elevators, Escalators, Conveyors (4A-47) — N/A 5.4 Rubbish Chutes, Incinerators, and Laundry Chutes — N/A SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE'PREVENTIONDIVISION 300 N. Park Ave Santord, Fl. 32771 / P. O. Box 1788, Sanford, Fi. 32772 4073iZ-2520 / FAX (407) 330-5677 Pager (407) 918-0395 Sanford City Code — Chapter 9 Fire Sprinklers: Required; also see 3.5 above Monitoring: Required by a U.L. listed Central Station for all mandated fire sprinklered properties Other: NFPA 1 3-5.1 Fire Lanes — Required if building is more than 150' from street; exception: building has fire sprinkler system. 3-6.1 Key Box — Required; will field verify See page FP-1 FOR LOCATION application attached) 3-7.1 Bldg. Address Number posted and legible — Required; will field veri, see page A-5 for location) 3 PERMIT FEE'S APPLCTN FEE -BUILDING FIRE IMPACT - NONRES FIRE INSPECT -NEW CONST PERMIT FEES POLICE IMPACT - NONRES RADON GAS TAX FEE RECOVERY FD/CERT. PGM. IMPACT: COMMERCIAL WATER IMPACT: COMMERCIAL SEWER 10.00 31.31 250.46 4835.00 187.85 62.61 62.62 1300.00 3400.00 TOTAL $10139.85 ADDITIONAL ITEMS NEEDED TO RELEASE PERMIT: PERMIT FOR DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE. FENCE PERMIT D PERMIT FOR FUEL TANK AND ISLAND 4. NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT 5. ROAD IMPACT STATEMENT FROM THE COUNTY (407-665-7474) 6. COPY OF CURRENT OCCUPATIONAL & STATE LICENSE RE: 500 GORDON ST. If you have any questions please call, Flossie with the City of Sanford, Building Division, at 407-330-5660. y o 1 - &. 9 qo) Iq3 —6OL(o 001 I f r OF. 4:'F:.1'I c.i'i' 1:'l) 1.l. i.:?:I:i.,+(a r^,I::.I:'L..:L( r1'Y':I:t! I rl<. UR_• 1 Ut:)fiO'`)i L..:O:I:IOn00,;97 I JI' :: c ,rid.. (fi{ .C)ltf I til O00C)..:.00!:7r:) O111 .i f;.'.<' Ylli 1 s!):l t r .I:(:lN 1; rOo K i'',,!GI..... ):tl...C)C:h I..:OT r"; I 'I''!..:+ ( f,l l r i ir,i''If i'L I it • C,I I i. ``f I , n+'I! i`i l: t.. :I:I Ir.. , r r, i.)1.. L.L.. ,':3 I'C). ).:t(l'C 1,.3t?/ T. I •. r11 1I?IfJt.!`,C.. >0 I I t:a r I r;' Irl ' + L:1 L'Y I r1'Y'I t11 I ur C, A r. + ! I I:.'i 1"O'i'r°tL.. i i +I S. ( YL ! ....... ty' iii',l i C>C)(It f a: > ,'.•' C; t_ L.!L..L..I:::c, c r'.'s 1 !r?! ;'Y IA f`.? 1;,-( tr",T).:,. r,itTl I'•f.f.,l (.1-' r..r..+ t.a:. ' r r l ttt<l>tL : ti; , FI tt,: t•,. {t 1 I r., f1 l k:: f):. : , ,/O? II Ur't i(, t• J l(. . 1Fr.. f 1 ;n! +'nr: r( O(,; 8 (> I IS.;. r, I:r1l: ilrtt r;:. + I/r"i , z f `.•t UtV w - LUtt++,,'t rrftt MC1GS. 1. r! p 67 5 01 2 Al I >`.,:lJa//3::.:../A...'. D. l''I:(,Itr",,rl.Jl,i.l, ::.(" . ,( i i..l<:r1`,I;: I Ita:l d•T hir1l'11.: : QQ // l !(:)'Y 1::: 'T (:) I i +.:i...I VT hlta c l i.)t +n Y f iF Y/r^l l 1] CAl i t ,i• I n l l t +1;1 Y r) 1 it) I I I' r I.I'I!: L.a F'nYi ik:.fd T' I'f(lY-. ILL..;.>l.!L.. (, T1 1 r.t.itll. L.:.i nC;'TI.., I r y I oI•;; I:;:,Yi .(.1.31.:1" FUD14, L::I:I°lr"iIll r.:L...` ;A 'L.:! C(; I'1nl I/1F.,C..1I+..I l'i:. r.:,.I'I) 1. 1 r T'I IA ( 1 I I Sr 1 , Pt h171; I IhI.t)fi:l I Ir:il.11•Y tlrriI I al..!nT i ilasiti ? l'•I it l.:i I IT' (,, r..t+ i:. ry r ' 1 'i:i P `"•t:)! a` nll r^,I clJ, nI)' 1:1: ` L )J 'T'i dit'i" n! IY I L r:.l 1'Y `, r tl Y I ILA (:)F: C?UJi TO nl 'i 'i:i:P l flit ( nl..(.a.1L..(1 Y Kil 1. of:; n+ IY ` C,)1 f i I! r^r(r')Vi•.. I'll 1 ! T .I: r ii 11 .t) I:I !! 't"t': T' !::'fia.: : tYli..1: 1 )'i" I xl,.f(-I- c+l I) )+Y i I 1 I:i(i r'1 U+L L'Y' Y I .I •I I i (ll il: >7 W I i 1 I I! I b'? r r11 1:1 IY1nl; r`E, t11 rll!,:: Fri (I.LUIII is r.LCailnTl.11 l A)nYl 6.-,i0UF: I;+C IlriT'. I nT'I ! rlinll t:'I:Cf l".I,I .L(:'nTl: OIt I,I UIi i ila<:3 r I''11i::I:::Y rl li MCI C)tl l i i .r'I+ l IY'f C1F' r F1i t (iJ.. M1 Y 1 ni,i( I)I V1 i (ii I*IF,I lY (riltil RUL.L..t., r., 0V F;hil 14( 3 nl !"'I: of `.> 11nY Irl . f':i C, kl .1) llti I ilil "fI..1!i:. I I nhl Ir'iF:l L..IYI+..alTnr;i01.] 0 F, r ItJ.:1.01. r^1 I'+!I T.)FT., l err,'• '' ', I h.Jt.!I C, Itl.: I'°ir,rj, f'(:i `>!i lrl I I Ira! I . C,r.) 1! I (Y Of: C', I. "f''r' r;il:: ':.;nl..I!:: CIF:11 :? ltta I I I) !.i It, 1)F F, Al T1'11 1 I1' 1'JA?..I. Tnr-11: r"r'P L:. I.•..f i''n'r'I'll l 1.1 'T' ;:;!.. Iril.11 C; I3+: I' ( r i I! f..lf (!! I'IrJI li: `r { I(+:C I I AflI: tat rll I I D A I lG F 1 I 'i`'I:I: .1*!ul l)'I .L,; ` `31 n i i::'1'+l..i I'I' r 1 1 1 Y f1T F !'I! 1 IY i cr' 11O ;l' I:I n It111.L..C) i i l+, t}:!:C'TI-I.I.II /:,t.> (:'nl...{a. 11i)(,I1 hr1Y:, riF, ii+I::: •ICI I I::'.T.v 11(, j :K DETAIL._ 0F Cf LCULATIO.N AVAILABLE t. JPClN REQUEC T. C AL.L' 407--665-7 s5,S. P- r Subsurface Soil Exploration and Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation Proposed Blue Bell Facility Aero Industrial Park Sanford, Seminole County, Florida Ardaman & Associates, Inc. I Subsurface Soil Exploration and Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation Proposed Blue Bell Facility - Aero Industrial Park Sanford, Seminole County, Florida - ti Ardaman & Associates, Inc. OFFICES ' Orlando, 8008:S. Orange Avenue, Orlando, Florida 32809, Phone (407) 855-3860 Bartow, 1525 Centennial Drive, Bartow, Florida 33830, Phone (863) 533-0858 _ r Cocoa, 1300 N. Cocoa Blvd., Cocoa, Florida 32922, Phone (321) 632-2503 Fort Lauderdale, 3665 Park Central Boulevard North, Pompano Beach, Florida 33064, Phone (954) 969-8788 Fort Myers, 9970 Bavaria Road, Fort Myers, Florida 33913, Phone (941) 768-6600 Miami, 2608 W. 84th Street, Hialeah, Florida 33016, Phone (305) 825-2683 Port Charlotte, 740 Tamiami Trail, Unit 3, Port Charlotte, Florida 33954,.Phone (941) 624-3393 - Port St. Lucie, 1017 S.E. Holbrook Ct., Port St. Lucie, Florida 34952, Phone (561) 337-1200 Sarasota, 2500 Bee Ridge Road, Sarasota, Florida 34239, Phone (941) 922-3526 Tallahassee, 3175 West Tharpe Street, Tallahassee, Florida 32303, Phone (850) 576-6131 Tampa, 3925 Coconut'Palm Drive, Suite 115, Tampa, Florida 33619, Phone (813) 620-3389 West Palm Beach, 2511 Westgate Avenue, Suite 10, West Palm Beach, Florida 33409, Phone (561) 687-8200 MEMBERS: A.S.F.E. American Concrete Institute American Society for Testing and Materials Florida Institute of Consulting Engineers Ardaman & Associates, Inc. Geotechnical, Environmental and Materials Consultants April 25, 2002 File No. 02-6384 Blue Bell Creameries - Facilities Management 1101 South Horton - - Brenham, Texas 77833 Attention: Mr. Steve Davis Subject: Subsurface Soil Exploration and Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation Proposed Blue Bell Facility Aero Industrial Park ' Sanford, Seminole County, Florida Gentlemen: As requested and authorized by you, we have completed a shallow subsurface soil exploration for the subject project. The purposes of performing this exploration were to evaluate the general subsurface conditions within the building area and to provide recommendations for site preparation and foundation support. We understand that your standard pavement section will be implemented. The parking/drive areas were explored for informational purposes. In addition, we have estimated the normal seasonal high groundwater level at the boring locations. This report documents our findings and presents our engineering recommendations. SITE LOCATION AND SITE DESCRIPTION The site for the proposed development is located to the south of S.R. 46 and on the west side of Meisch Road in Seminole County, Florida (Section 27, Township 19 South, Range 30 East). The general site location is shown superimposed on the Sanford, Florida, U.S.G.S. quadrangle map presented on Figure 1. - The site is currently heavily covered with palmetto vegetation. PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION AND GRADING It is our understanding that the proposed development includes a 1-story building structure approximately 12,000 square feet in area. The proposed building will consist of load bearing masonry walls and interior columns with slab -on -grade floors. For the purposes of our analysis, we have assumed the maximum loading conditions for the structure to be on the order of 6 kips per lineal foot for wall foundations, 80 kips for individual column foundations, and 250 pounds per square foot (psf) for slab -on -grade floors. Grading plans are not complete at this time, therefore we have assumed that 0 to 2 feet of fill is required to raise the building and parking/drive areas to final elevations. If actual building loads or'fill height exceed our assumptions, then the recommendations in this report may not be valid. ` 8008 S. Orange Avenue (32809), Post Office Box 593003, Orlando, Florida 32859-3003 Phone (407) 855-3860 FAX (407) 859-8121 Offices in: Bartow, Cocoa, Fort Lauderdale, Fort Myers, Miami, Orlando, Port Charlotte, Port St. Lucie, Sarasota; Tallahassee, Tampa, W. Palm Beach Blue Bell Creameries -Facilities Management File No. 02-6384 -2- REVIEW OF SOIL SURVEY MAPS Based on the 1990 Soil Survey for Seminole County, Florida, as prepared by the U.S. Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service, the site is located in an area mapped as the "EauGallie and Immokalee fine sand" soil series. The ='EauGallie and Immokalee fine sand" soil series consists of nearly level soils on broad plains on the flatwoods. The soils consist of various colored fine sand to about 54 inches. Underlying soils consist of fine sand and a sandy loam to about 80 inches. According to the Soil Survey, the seasonal high water table is typically within 12 inches of the natural ground surface for 1 to 4 months during most years. FIELD EXPLORATION PROGRAM SPT and Auger Borings The field exploration program included performing 3 Standard Penetration Test (SPT) borings and 4 auger borings. The SPT borings were performed within the proposed "footprint" of the building. The SPT borings were advanced to a depth of 35 feet below the ground surface using the methodology outlined in ASTM D-1586. A summary of this field procedure is included in the Appendix. Split -spoon soil samples recovered during performance of the borings were visually classified in the field and representative portions of the samples were transported to our laboratory in sealed sample jars. The auger borings were performed in the proposed parking/drive area. They were drilled using a truck -mounted, 4-inch diameter, continuous flight auger to a depth of 10 feet below the ground surface. A summary of this field procedure is included in the Appendix. Representative soil samples were recovered from the auger borings and transported to our laboratory for further analysis. The groundwater level at each of the boring locations was measured upon completion of drilling. The borings were then backfilled with soil cuttings. Test Locations The locations of the borings are schematically illustrated on a boring location plan shown on Figure 1. These locations were determined in the field by estimation from existing property boundaries/site features and other points of reference, and should be considered accurate only to the degree implied by the method used. LABORATORY PROGRAM Representative soil samples obtained during our field sampling operation were packaged and transferred to our laboratory for further visual examination and classification. The soil samples were visually classified in general accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D-2488). The resulting soil descriptions are shown on the soil boring profiles presented on Figure 1. Blue Bell Creameries - Facilities. Management File No. 02-6384 -3- GENERAL SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS General Soil Profile The results of the field exploration and laboratory programs are graphically summarized on the soil boring profiles presented on Figure 1. The stratification of. the boring profiles represents our interpretation of the field boring logs and the results of laboratory examinations of the recovered samples. The stratification lines represent the approximate boundary between soil types. The actual transitions may be more gradual than implied. The SPT borings typically encountered an organic topsoil underlain by loose to medium dense fine sand (SP), fine sand with silt (SP-SM), silty fine sand (SM), and clayey fine sand (SC) to approximately 10 feet. Underlying soils consisted of very loose to very dense silty fine sand (SM), clayey fine sand (SC), and fine sand (SP) to the boring termination depths. The auger borings typically encountered an organic topsoil layer underlain by fine sand with varying amounts of silt and/or clay to the boring termination depths. The above soil profile is outlined in general terms only. Please refer to Figure 1 for soil profile details. Groundwater Level The groundwater level was measured in the boreholes on the day drilled after stabilization of the downhole water level. As shown on Figure 1, groundwater was encountered at an approximate depth of 2%= feet below the existing ground surface on the dates indicated. Fluctuations in groundwater levels should be anticipated throughout the year primarily due to seasonal variations in rainfall and other factors that may vary from the time the borings were conducted. NORMAL SEASONAL HIGH GROUNDWATER LEVEL The normal seasonal high groundwater level each year is the level in the August -September period at the end of the rainy season during a year of normal (average) rainfall. The water table elevations associated with a flood would be much higher than the normal seasonal high groundwater level. The normal high water levels -would more approximate the normal seasonal high groundwater levels. The seasonal high groundwater level is affected by a number of factors. The drainage characteristics of the soils, the land surface elevation, relief points such as drainage ditches, lakes, rivers, etc., and distance to relief points are some of the more important factors influencing the seasonal high groundwater level. Based on our interpretation of the site conditions using our boring logs, we estimate the normal seasonal high groundwater level at the boring locations to be approximately 2 feet above the groundwater levels measured at the time of our field exploration. Blue Bell Creameries - Facilities Management File No. 02-6384 -4- ENGINEERING EVALUATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS General The results of our exploration indicate that, with proper site preparation as recommended in this report, the existing soils are suitable for supporting the proposed building on conventional shallow foundations. Spread footings should provide an adequate support system for the structure. The following are our recommendations for overall site preparation and foundation support which we feel best suited for the proposed facility and existing soil conditions. The recommendations are made as a guide for the design engineer and/or architect, parts of which should be incorporated into the project's specifications. Stripping and Grubbing The "footprint" of the proposed building and the parking/drive area, plus a minimum margin of five feet, should be stripped of all surface vegetation, stumps, debris, organic topsoil or other deleterious materials, as encountered. Specifically, the organic topsoil as encountered in the borings to a depth of YZ foot should be stripped. Buried utilities should be removed or plugged to eliminate conduits into which surrounding soils could erode. After stripping, the site should be grubbed or root -raked such that roots with a diameter greater than Yz inch, stumps, or small roots in a dense state, are completely removed. The actual depth(s) of stripping and grubbing must be determined by visual observation and judgment during the earthwork operation. Proof -rolling We recommend proof -rolling the cleared surface to locate any unforeseen soft areas or unsuitable surface or near -surface soils, to increase the density of the soils within the top 3 to 4 feet, and to prepare the existing surface for the addition of'the fill soils (as required). Proof -rolling of the building area should consist of at least 10 passes with compaction equipment capable of achieving the required compaction criteria as specified below. Each pass should overlap the preceding pass by 30 percent to achieve complete coverage. If deemed necessary, in areas that continue to yield", remove all deleterious material and replace with clean, compacted sand backfill. The proof - rolling should occur after cutting and before filling. The number of passes can be reduced to 3 within the proposed parking/drive area. A density equivalent to or greater than 95 percent of the modified Proctor (ASTM D-1557) maximum dry density value for a depth of 2 feet in the building area and 1 foot in the parking area must be achieved beneath the stripped and grubbed ground surface. Additional passes and/or overexcavation and recompaction may be required if these minimum density requirements are not achieved. The soil moisture should be adjusted as necessary during compaction. Proof -rolling with compaction equipment may cause upward movement or "pumping" of the groundwater. However, we recommend that the existing surface be level and firm prior to the Blue Bell Creameries - Facilities Management File No. 02-6384 -5- addition of fill soils. Proof -rolling with a front-end loader may help achieve the desired surface and compaction condition before adding the fill soils. The site should be dewatered as necessary. Depending on the time of year, a 12- to 18-inch layer of clean fine sand (SP) fill material may be required prior to proof -rolling. Due to close proximity to surrounding building structures heavy vibratory compaction equipment should not be used as damage to the nearby structure can occur as a result of this method. Care should be exercised to avoid damaging any neighboring structures while the compaction operation is underway. Prior to commencing compaction, occupants of adjacent structures should be notified and the existing condition (i.e. cracks) of the structures documented with photographs and survey (if deemed necessary). Compaction should cease if deemed detrimental to adjacent structures and Ardaman & Associates notified immediately. Suitable Fill Material and the Compaction of Fill Soils All fill materials should be free of organic materials, such as.roots and vegetation. We recommend using fill with up to 12 percent by dry weight of material passing the U.S. Standard No. 200 sieve size. The fine sand and fine sand with silt (Strata No. 1 and 2 without roots, as shown on Figure 1) are suitable as fill materials and, with proper moisture control, should density using conventional compaction methods. Soils with more than 12 percent passing the No. 200 sieve will be more difficult to compact due to their inherent nature to. retain soil moisture. All structural fill should be placed in level lifts not to exceed 12 inches in uncompacted thickness. Each lift should be compacted to at least 95 percent of the modified Proctor (ASTM D-1557) maximum dry density value. The filling and compaction operations should continue in lifts until the desired elevation(s) is achieved. If hand-held compaction equipment is used, the lift thickness should be reduced to 6 inches. We recommend using free -draining (Le; permeable) fill beneath concrete pavements. Foundation Support by Spread Footings and Foundation Compaction Criteria Excavate the foundations to the proposed bottom of footing elevations and, thereafter, verify the in -place compaction for a depth of 2 feet below the footing bottoms. If necessary, compact the soils at the bottom of the excavations to at least 95 percent of the modified Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D-1557) for a depth of 2 feet below the footing bottoms. Based on the existing soil conditions and, assuming the above outlined proof -rolling and compaction criteria is implemented, an allowable soil bearing pressure of 3,000 pounds per square foot (psf) may be used in the foundation design. This bearing pressure should result in foundation settlement within tolerable limits (i.e., 1 inch or less). All foundations should be a minimum of 26 inches wide. A minimum soil cover of 24 inches should be maintained from the bottom of the foundations to the adjacent finished grades. Blue Bell Creameries - Facilities Management File No. 02-6384 -6- Floor Slab Vapor Barrier and Slab Compaction Requirements Compaction beneath all floor slabs should be verified for a depth of 12 inches and meet the 95 percent criteria (modified Proctor, ASTM D-1557). Precautions should be taken during the slab construction to minimize moisture entry from the underlying subgrade soils. This can be achieved through the installation of an impervious membrane (vapor barrier) between the subgrade soils and floor slab. A polyethylene film is commonly used for this purpose. Care should be exercised when placing the reinforcing steel (or mesh) and slab concrete such that the membrane is not punctured. If interior columns are isolated from the floor slab, an expansion joint should be provided around the columns and sealed with a water -proof sealant. Dewatering Based on the groundwater conditions encountered, the control of the groundwater may be required to achieve the necessary stripping and subsequent construction, backfilling, and compaction requirements presented in the preceding sections. The actual method(s) of dewatering should be determined by the contractor. However, regardless of the method(s) used, we suggest drawing down the water table sufficiently, say 2 to 3 feet, below the bottom of any excavation or compaction surface to preclude "pumping" and/or compaction -related problems with the foundation soils. Dewatering should be accomplished with the knowledge that the permeability of soil decreases with an increasing silt and clay content. Therefore, a silty fine sand is less permeable than a fine sand. The SP, SP-SM, and some SM type soils can usually be dewatered by well pointing or ditch/sump methods. QUALITY ASSURANCE We recommend establishing a comprehensive quality assurance program to verify that all site preparation and foundation construction is conducted in accordance with the appropriate plans and specifications. Materials testing and inspection services should be provided by Ardaman & Associates. As a minimum, an on -site engineering technician should monitor all stripping and grubbing to verify that all deleterious materials have been removed and should observe the proof -rolling operation to,verify that the appropriate number of passes are applied to the subgrade. In -situ density tests should be conducted during filling activities and below all footings and floor slabs to verify that the required densities have been achieved. In -situ density values should be compared to laboratory Proctor moisture -density results for each of the different natural and fill soils encountered. Finally, we recommend inspecting and testing the construction materials for the foundations and other structural components. Blue Bell Creameries - Facilities Management File No. 02-6384 -7- IN-PLACE DENSITY TESTING FREQUENCY In Central Florida, earthwork testing is typically performed on an on -call basis when the contractor has completed a portion of the work. The test result from a specific location is only representative of a larger area if the contractor has used consistent means and methods and the soils are practically uniform throughout. The frequency of testing can be increased and full-time construction inspection can be provided to account for variations. We recommend that the following minimum testing frequencies be utilized. In proposed structural areas, the minimum frequency of in -place density testing should be reduced to one test for each 2,500 square feet of structural area. In -place density testing should be performed at this minimum frequency for a depth of 2 feet below natural ground and for every 1- foot lift of fill placed in the structural area. In addition, density tests should be performed. in each column footing for a depth of 2 feet below the bearing surface. For continuous or wall footings, density tests should be performed at a minimum frequency of one test for every 50 lineal feet of footing, and for a depth of 2 feet below the bearing surface. Representative samples of the various natural ground and fill soils, as well as stabilized subgrade where applicable) and -base materials should be obtained and transported to our laboratory for Proctor compaction tests. These tests will determine the maximum dry density and optimum moisture content for the materials tested and will be used in conjunction with the results of the in - place density tests to determine the degree of compaction achieved. CLOSURE The`analyses and recommendations submitted herein are based on the data obtained from the soil borings presented on Figure 1 and the assumed loading conditions. This report does not reflect any variations which may occur adjacent to or between the borings. The nature and extent of the variations between the borings may not become evident until during construction. If variations then appear evident, it will be necessary to re-evaluate the recommendations presented in this report after performing on -site observations during the construction period and noting the characteristics of the variations. This study is based on a relatively shallow exploration and is not intended to be an evaluation for sinkhole potential. This study does not include an evaluation, of the environmental (ecological or hazardous/toxic material related) condition of the site and subsurface. This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of Blue Bell Creameries in accordance with generally accepted soil and foundation engineering practices. No other warranty, expressed or implied, is made. In the event any changes occur in the design, nature, or location of the proposed facility, we should review the applicability of conclusions and recommendations in this report. We recommend a general review of final design and specifications by our office to verify that earthwork and foundation recommendations are properly interpreted and implemented in the design specifications. Ardaman and Associates should attend the pre -bid and preconstruction meetings to verify that the bidders/contractor understand the recommendations contained in this report. Blue Bell Creameries - Facilities Management File No. 02-6384 -$- i I We are pleased to be of assistance to you on'this phase of the project. When we may be of further service to you or should you have any questions, please contact us. titltil Very truly yours, ARDAMAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. 9 Jason A. Alligood, E.I. _ 6arfasHd.-Cu'.ningh2AssistantProjectEngineerDivisionManaer, Florida Registration No., JAA/CHC/ks/ksb 02-6W sse 6 peempd (2002 Goo) I APPENDIX Standard Penetration Test and Auger Boring Procedures STANDARD PENETRATION TEST The standard penetration test is a widely accepted test method of in situ testing of foundation soils ASTM D 1586). A 2-foot long, 2-inch O.D. split -barrel sampler attached to the end of a string of drilling rods is driven 18 inches into the ground by successive blows of a 140-pound hammer freely dropping 30 inches. The number of blows needed for each 6 inches of penetration is recorded. The sum of the blows required for penetration of the second and third 6-inch increments of penetration constitutes the test result or N-value. After the test, the sampler is extracted from the ground and opened to allow visual examination'and classification of the retained soil sample. The N-value has been empirically correlated with various soil properties allowing a conservative estimate of the behavior of soils under load. The tests are usually performed at 5-foot intervals. However, more frequent or continuous testing is done by our firm through depths where a more accurate definition of the soils is required. The test holes are advanced to the test elevations by rotary drilling with a cutting bit, using circulating fluid to remove the cuttings and hold the fine grains in suspension. The circulating fluid, which is a bentonitic drilling mud, is also used to keep the hole open below the water table by maintaining an excess hydrostatic pressure inside the hole. In some soil deposits, particularly highly pervious ones, NX-size flush -coupled casing must be driven to just above the testing depth to keep the hole open and/or prevent the loss of circulating fluid. Representative split -spoon samples from the soils at every 5 feet of drilled depth and from every different stratum are brought to our laboratory in air -tight jars for further evaluation and testing, if necessary. Samples not used in testing are stored for 30 days prior to being discarded. After completion of a test boring, the hole is kept open until a steady state groundwater level is recorded. The hole is then sealed, if necessary, and backfilled. AUGER BORINGS Auger borings are used when a relatively large, continuous sampling of soil strata close to ground surface is desired. A 4-inch diameter, continuous Hite, helical auger with a cutting head at its end is screwed into the ground in 5-foot sections. It is powered by the rotating action of the Kelly bar of a rotary drill rig. The sample is recovered by withdrawing the auger out of the ground without rotating it. The soil sample so obtained, is classified and representative samples put in bags or jars and brought back to the laboratory for classification testing.